Mason Seismic Restraint Guidelines PDF

MASON
INDUSTRIES, INC
manufacturers of noise and vibration control products and seismic restraint systems
SEISMIC RESTRAINT GUIDELINES
St Lawerence River 1663 1870
Cape Ann 1755
New York 1884
Anna 1937
Charleston 1867
Sharpsburg 1980
Giles Co 1897
New Madrid 1811-1812
Memphis 1843
Charleston 1838
Major Earthquakes
City Year
2007 Edition
MASON INDUSTRIES
SEISMIC RESTRAINT GUIDELINES FOR SUSPENDED PIPING, DUCTWORK, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Seventh Edition, 2007
Copyright, Mason Industries Inc., 2007
APPROVED
California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development
MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

Manufacturers of Vibration Control Products
NY Mailing Address: PO Box 410, Smithtown, NY 11787
FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE
2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite D 350 Rabro Drive Anaheim, CA 92801 Hauppauge, NY 11788 714/535-2727 631/348-0282 FAX 714/535-5738 FAX 631/348-0279 Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
Dhiru Mali Structural Engineer California SE No. 2811
Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362
Special Note for Engineers Specifying These Guidelines:

These guidelines provide general seismic restraint requirements and details for suspended piping, ductwork and electrical systems. Prior to installation, the support and seismic restraint locations shall be verified by the engineer responsible for the design of the structure. Any deviation from the information presented shall be resolved in accordance with standard engineering practice and be approved by the enforcement agency. These guidelines may be used for any seismic horizontal acceleration input up to 2.0g. However, component sizes are based on Allowable Stress Design (ASD). Building Codes (i.e. 1997 UBC, 2000 IBC, etc.) are changing to Strength Design based acceleration inputs. To use these guidelines for Strength Design acceleration inputs, divide the seismic horizontal acceleration by the appropriate factor stated in the applicable code to reduce it to an ASD based input. For example, if design is based on the 1997 Uniform Building Code, divide the seismic horizontal acceleration input Fp, as determined in Section 1632, by 1.4 and use the resulting acceleration in these guidelines. (e.g. If Fp = 2.1g based on 1997 UBC, use Fp = 2.1g/1.4 = 1.5g in these guidelines.)
Recommended Specification:
All suspended piping, ductwork, conduit and cable trays* shall be provided with seismic sway braces in accordance with the Mason Industries Seismic Restraint Guidelines for Suspended Piping, Ductwork and Electrical Systems and the applicable codes**. Seismic sway braces shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables or steel angles/channels. Steel aircraft cables shall be prestretched to establish a certified minimum modulus of elasticity. Cables braces shall be designed to resist seismic tension loads and steel braces shall be designed to resist both tension and compression loads with a minimum safety factor of 2. Brace end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle. Do not mix cable and steel braces to brace the same system. Steel angles or strut channels, when required, shall be clamped to the threaded hanger rods at the seismic sway brace locations utilizing a minimum of two ductile iron clamps. The bracing system shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "OPA" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying its capability to resist seismic forces. Cable brace assemblies shall be Type SCB, steel brace assemblies shall be Type SSB, rod clamps shall be either Type SRC or UC, pipe clevis braces shall be Type CCB and multiple anchor load distribution brackets shall be Type SLDB all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. *Modify to meet scope of engineer's responsibility. **Modify to include all applicable codes.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page(s) General Notes Design Procedure for Individually Supported Systems Design Procedure for Trapeze Supported Systems Layout of Seismic Bracing "12 Inch Rule" For Pipes, Conduits or Cable Trays "12 Inch Rule" For Ductwork Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 Anchors Seismic Restraint Guidelines for Individually Supported Systems Vertical Rod Stiffener Guidelines for Individually Supported Systems Minimum Size of SCBH, SCB, SSB and SSBS Seismic Restraint Details for Individually Supported Pipe/Conduit Seismic Restraint Guidelines for Individual/Trapeze Supported Systems Vertical Rod Stiffener Guidelines for Individual/Trapeze Supported Systems Trapeze Support Member Guidelines Upper Support Member Guidelines for Suspended Rectangular/Oval Ductwork Seismic Restraint Details for Trapeze Supported Pipe/Conduit Seismic Restraint Details for Trapeze Supported Rectangular/Oval Ductwork Seismic Restraint Details for Round Ductwork Seismic Restraint Details for Trapeze Supported Cable Trays Vertical Rod Stiffener Details Seismic Cable Brace(SCB) or Seismic Solid Brace(SSB) Attachment Details Required Clearance Details for SCBH/SSB/SSBS Attachment to Duct Support Rod Guidelines for Seismic Solid Brace(SSB/SSBS) Locations Support Rod Attachment Details Pipe and Conduit Weights Duct Weights Pipe Risers Components FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT 4 to 16 17 to 20 21 to 25 26 to 29 30 31 32 A1 to A4 B1 B2 C1 to C9 D1 to D4 E1 to E2 E3 E4 F1 to F9 F10 to F18 F19 to F27 F28 to F33 G1 to G2 H1 to H13 H14 to H15 K1 to K4 L1 to L6 M1 to M3 N1 to N10 R1 X1 to X10 FM1 to FM52
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
GENERAL NOTES
1.
These guidelines are designed to meet the requirements of the California Code of Regulations(CCR), Chapter 16 for essential facilities, the 1997 Uniform Building Code(Refer to Page 15), the 1996 Building Officials Code Administration, the 1997 Southern Building Code Congress International and any other horizontal acceleration input. They address seismic sway bracing for suspended pipe, duct or electrical systems and vertical risers for up to a five story building. Riser supports must be engineered individually for six story and higher buildings. For California hospitals submitted prior to November 1, 2002 and designed in accordance with the 1998 CCR, all restraints and their anchorages must be capable of restraining horizontal accelerations as follows. For nonstructural components: Fp = Seismic Horizontal Force = Z x I x Cp x Wp Z = Zone Factor = 0.3 for Zone 3, 0.4 for Zone 4 I = Importance Factor = 1.5 for Essential Facilities Cp = Horizontal Force Factor = 0.75 for Mechanical/Electrical Systems Wp = Operating Weight of Pipe, Duct and/or Electrical Systems Therefore, Fp = 0.34g for Zone 3, 0.45g for Zone 4 Note: The Engineer of Record shall determine the horizontal acceleration for nonCalifornia hospital projects when using these guidelines.
2.
3.
A complete description on how to use these guidelines is provided on pages 17 to 29. It includes specific examples for both using the enclosed details/charts and layout of bracing for individual and trapeze supported systems
Notes on Seismic Bracing:
1. 2.
These guidelines list installations which may be exempt from bracing. However, the engineer of record shall be responsible for determining whether to allow the exceptions. Each straight pipe, duct or electrical run with two or more supports requires a minimum of two transverse braces (perpendicular to the run). (Option: A longitudinal brace on the opposite side of an elbow or tee may act as a transverse brace. Refer to the layout examples detailed on pages 26 to 29.) Each straight pipe, duct or electrical run requires a minimum of one longitudinal brace (parallel to the run). (Option: A transverse brace on the opposite side of an elbow or tee can sometimes act as a longitudinal brace. Refer to the layout examples detailed on pages 26 to 29.)
3.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
GENERAL NOTES (continued)

4. Transverse and longitudinal braces shall be installed up to 45 degrees or 1(Vert.):1(Horiz.) brace angle ratio from horizontal. Brace spacing or maximum weight per foot (meter) can be reduced to allow up to 1.5:1 or 2:1 brace angle ratios. Consult Mason Industries for braces installed at an angle higher than a 2:1 ratio. Seismic bracing may consist of solid bracing designed to accept loads in tension and compression or cable bracing designed to accept tension loads only. Each brace method requires a vertical hanger at or within 4 inches (102 mm) of their attachment to the mechanical or electrical system. The vertical hanger may or may not require stiffening or additional anchorage to the structure (Refer to Notes on Supports). Do not mix solid bracing with cable bracing in the same direction on any run of a mechanical or electrical system. Do not brace a system to two different parts of a building which may act differently in response to an earthquake. For example, avoid connecting a transverse brace to a wall and a longitudinal brace to a floor or roof at the same brace location. Systems with significant thermal motion shall be designed on a case by case basis by a professional engineer familiar with both seismic loading and thermal expansion. Seismic brace requirements for individually supported and trapeze supported systems including maximum transverse and longitudinal spacing; aircraft cable and solid brace member size; and attachment to the building structure are tabulated in Sections A and D, respectively. Seismic brace requirements for a trapeze supported system in Section D are based on the maximum total weight per foot (meter). In addition, the maximum total weight per foot (meter) in Section D can be used to determine seismic brace requirements for individually supported systems. Note: If the load on the trapeze is not equally distributed to each support rod, the maximum total weight per foot (meter) used to determine longitudinal brace requirements must be equal to 2 times the maximum loaded rod. All components supported by a trapeze member must be clamped or bolted down to the trapeze. Pipes set in rollers or other thermal expansion supports only require clamping at seismic brace locations designed to prevent uplift but allow for thermal motion. Friction connections must have approved or tested values, such as strut nuts and bolts torqued to manufacturer's requirements. Multiple or stacked trapezes that share support rods must be braced independently from one another. Each section of threaded rod between trapezes and/or the building structure is subject to vertical stiffening requirements of pages E1 or E2 (Refer to Notes on Supports).
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page

13. Vertical drops from suspended systems to equipment (or flexible connectors where applicable) may be braced using the transverse and longitudinal braces in this manual. Note: Do not exceed of the maximum brace spacing as measured from the seismic brace to the equipment or flexible connector when bracing vertical drops. (Refer to Layout of Seismic Braces, page 29) 14. Any system which crosses a building separation or seismic joint must be designed to accommodate 2 times the joint width displacements or as specified by the engineer of record for approval by the enforcement agency. Notes on Supports: 1. Where the seismic brace system incorporates the use of a threaded vertical hanger rod designed to carry gravity loads only, additional anchorage and/or stiffening may be required as detailed. General support of pipe, duct and electrical systems to carry gravity loads shall be determined by the engineer of record and/or mechanical, plumbing or electrical code requirements. The use of "C-Clamps" designed to attach threaded rod to one side of a steel beam flange shall not be used unless they are provided with a restraining strap or hook to the opposite beam flange. Pipe clevis shall be provided with pipe insulation protection shields to protect the insulation as per MSS-SP-69. When insulation is removed to facilitate the installation of pipe clamps or other hardware, the mechanical engineer shall provide details for the re-insulation of the pipe. 2. Support rod capacity and its anchorage to the structure is an important part of a solid bracing system. Solid braces shall not be attached to existing systems or support rods designed for gravity loads unless they are checked for increased tension loads. Section K of these guidelines tabulates the seismic tension load applied to the support rod at solid brace locations. 3. Threaded vertical hanger rods where seismic sway bracing is attached may require stiffening. A vertical rod stiffener can be done two ways. One way is with a steel angle cut to the appropriate length attached to the threaded rod with a minimum of two Seismic Rod Clamps (Mason type SRC). The second way is with strut channel cut to the apprpriate length and attached to the threaded rod with a minimum of two Strut Channels (Mason type UC). Maximum spacing will be as tabulated on pages B1, E1, E2, X5 and X5A. Installation of the threaded vertical hanger rod, with or without a stiffener, must conform to the details on pages G1 and G2 including maximum distance to the clamp from each end. Vibration isolation hangers (neoprene, spring, or combination of the two) must be installed within 3/8" (10 mm) of the structure with a vertical limit stop " (6 mm) from the underside of the hanger housing. Page B1 tabulates the maximum unbraced rod length (the maximum length of the rod allowed without a stiffener) and the maximum braced rod length (the maximum length of the rod allowed with a stiffener) for up to 24" (610 mm) diameter pipe (or the tabulated maximum weight per foot (meter) of an individually supported system). Pages E1 and E2 tabulate the same information for trapeze supported systems. Page E1 is based on SCB/SSB size and rod diameter, and page E2 is based on maximum total weight.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002

4. Vibration isolation hangers at seismic sway brace locations must be installed with the top of the hanger housing flush with the structural support surface. In the case of combination spring and neoprene hangers (Mason type PC30N), a space of up to 3/8" (10 mm) between the top of the hanger housing and the structure due to the deflection of the neoprene element is acceptable, as detailed throughout these guidelines. 5. Trapeze supports shall consist of steel angles, back to back channels, or 12 gauge (2.7 mm) single or double channel strut. Determine trapeze size based on load and spacing between vertical supports on page E3. Threaded rods shall attach to the trapeze with nuts and washers on both the top and bottom. Notes on Seismic Cable Bracing: 1. Cables shall be prestretched galvanized 7 x 19 strand core aircraft cable with no limit to their installed length. Note: Horizontal accelerations defined in general note 2 or by applicable code must be multiplied by 2 if non-prestretched cable is used. 2. Cables shall be installed such that the only visible slack is that due to cable sag. Cables shall not support gravity loads. 3. Cables shall be attached to both the mechanical/electrical system and the structure using the seismic cable brace components (Mason Type SCB (H,V). Refer to pages X1, X2 and X3). 4. The SCB cable bolts shall be installed per the torque requirements tabulated on pages X1, X2 and X3. 5. The SCBH component can be used for attachment directly to the threaded vertical hanger rod used for supporting system gravity loads as detailed in Sections C and F. 6. The SCBV component can be used for attachment to steel beams in lieu of bolting or welding as detailed on page H12. Note: Installation of the SCBV must be perpendicular to the steel beam. Notes on Seismic Solid Bracing: 1. Solid bracing members shall be steel angle or 12 gauge (2.7 mm) channel strut. The charts in sections A and D tabulate the minimum solid brace size based on a maximum solid brace length of 9'-6" (2.9 m). The chart on page X4 allows for a different solid brace member size if the maximum installed length is 5'-0" (1.5 m) or 14'-6" (4.4 m).
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page

2. Solid brace members shall be attached to both the mechanical/electrical system and the structure using the seismic solid brace components (Mason Type SSB (U) or SSBS . Refer to pages X4 and X11). 3. As stated in "Notes on Supports", the support rod attachment at seismic solid brace locations must be designed to accept the seismic tension load tabulated in Section K in addition to the gravity load. Notes on Seismic Attachment to the Building Structure: 1. Attachment to the building structure is the determining factor in the design of seismic sway bracing. Lightweight structures may limit the maximum spacing between seismic braces. The engineer of record shall determine the maximum allowable seismic loads for the building structure. 2. Attachment to four different types of structures are addressed separately. Attachment to a minimum 6 inch (152 mm) thick, 3000 psi (20680 kPa) stone aggregate concrete slab using expansion anchors; a minimum 3000 psi (20680 kPa) lightweight concrete filled metal deck using expansion anchors; a steel structure using bolts, welds or seismic clamps (Mason Type SCBV only, Refer to page X3.) or a wood structure with Lag Screws. Attachments not addressed or detailed must be engineered on an individual job basis subject to approval by the enforcement agency. Note: The engineer of record shall determine which attachment details in Section H of this manual are acceptable for steel structures. 3. Expansion anchors shall be ITW Ramset/Trubolt Wedge Anchors for 3000 psi (20680 kPa) stone aggregate concrete slabs and 3000 psi (20680 kPa) stone aggregate or lightweight concrete filled decks installed in accordance with ICBO Report ER-1372/1997, Tables 7, 8, 9 and 14. When expansion anchors are used, 50 percent of alternate bolts in a group shall be tension tested or torque tested to the test values tabulated on page X8. Testing shall be done in the presence of the project inspector and a report of the test results shall be submitted to the enforcement agency. If any anchors fail, the enforcement agency shall determine the additional testing requirements. Note: This is not a standard UBC, BOCA or SBCCI requirement and may not be required for commercial buildings. 4. All welded connections shall be minimum 70xx electrode welds. Note: This is not a standard UBC, BOCA or SBCCI requirement and may not be required for commercial buildings. Charts support the use of 60xx electrode welds on Non-OSHPD/DSA projects.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002

5. Metal decks shall be minimum 20 gauge (0.9 mm) with a maximum 3 inch deep (76 mm) flute and minimum 6 inch (152 mm) total thickness from bottom of flute to top of concrete fill. Concrete fill shall be minimum 3000 psi (20680 kPa) lightweight concrete. Note: Metal decks with minimum 3000 psi (20680 kPa) stone aggregate concrete fill may use the lightweight concrete deck charts. 6. Concrete attachments are based on specified anchor bolts or inserts. Substitution of alternate anchors must be approved by Mason Industries (and the enforcement agency where applicable) on a job by job basis. 7. For structures with concrete waffle slabs use the stone aggregate concrete slab charts while following the minimum edge distance requirements of the expansion anchors and/or inserts. Seismic Cable Brace, Mason Type SCB, Seismic Solid Brace, Mason Type SSB, and Seismic Solid Brace Strut Anchor Mason Type SSB components may be attached to the side of the vertical portion of the waffle as long as the brace angle ratio of the SCB or SSB relative to the surface of the concrete does not exceed 2:1. 8. When installing drilled-in anchors in existing non-prestressed reinforced concrete, use care and caution to avoid cutting or damaging reinforcing bars. When installing them in existing prestressed concrete, locate the prestressed tendons by using a non-destructive method and avoid cutting or damaging the tendons during installation. 9. Seismic Load Distribution Brackets shall be installed where (2) or (4) bolts are required for attachment to a concrete slab or deck. (Mason Type SLDB. Refer to pages X9 and X10). 10. Lag screws shall be installed into a wood structure with regard to minimum edge and end distances tabulated on Page H13. Wood must have a minimum specific gravity of 0.35, which includes Douglas Fir, Pine and Redwood. The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify wood specific gravity, connection detail and capability of structure to resist seismic loads indicated on Page H13. Notes on Suspended Piping: 1. Seismic restraints are required for the following installations: A. All fuel oil, gas, medical gas, compressed air, vacuum and other potentially hazardous piping systems unless specifically excepted by the engineer of record. B. All piping 1 inches (32 mm) nominal diameter and larger located in boiler, mechanical equipment and refrigeration mechanical rooms. C. All other piping 2 inches (64 mm) nominal diameter and larger.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page

Exception: All piping suspended by individual hanger rods 12 inches (305 mm) or less as measured from the top of the pipe to the bottom of the support where the hanger is attached. If the 12 inch (305 mm) limit is exceeded by any hanger in the run, seismic bracing is required for the run. Note: A single support location that meets the requirements of this exception does not constitute a seismic sway brace location. The exception also applies for trapeze supported systems if the distance as measured from the point of attachment to the trapeze to the point of attachment to the structure is less than 12 inches (305 mm). Note: If directional changes or offsets to equipment connections do not allow for flexibility of the trapezed system (e.g. long offsets or flexible connectors) then the system must be braced regardless of pipe diameter or distance to the structure if the combined weight per foot (meter) of all items is greater than 10 lbs/ft (14.9 kg/m). Page 30 of these guidelines details the "12 Inch Rule" for suspended piping. In addition, to meet the 1997 Uniform Building Code CBC/2001, all of the following conditions must also be satisfied: 1. Lateral motion of piping will not cause damaging impact with surrounding systems (e.g. other pipe, duct, equipment, sprinkler heads etc.) or cause loss of system vertical support. Piping must be made of ductile material with ductile connections (e.g. welded steel pipe, brazed copper pipe, etc.). Vertical support connections cannot develop moments (e.g. swivel joints, eye bolts, vibration isolation hangers, etc.).
2. 3.
2. Steel and copper pipe with welded or brazed connections shall be braced at the spacings shown in these guidelines. Transverse brace spacing shall not exceed 50 feet (15.2 m) up to 0.25g, 40 feet (12.2 m) up to 1.0g, and 20 feet (6.1 m) up to 2.0g. Maximum longitudinal spacing shall not exceed 80 feet (24.4 m) up to 1.0g, and 40 feet (12.2 m) up to 2.0g. Steel and copper pipe with screwed connections brace spacing shall not exceed the spacing listed in these guidelines. All pipe must be considered full of water when determining seismic brace requirements unless specifically engineered otherwise. 3. Cast iron pipe (no hub pipe) brace spacings shall not exceed 1/2 the spacings listed in note 2 above. In addition, braces shall be installed at each side of a change in direction of 90 O or more. Cast iron pipe shall be considered full of water when determining weight. 4. Piping with grooved pipe assemblies UL listed for Standard 213 shall be braced at spacings not to exceed those listed in note 2 above. Non-UL listed grooved pipe assemblies brace spacings shall not exceed 1/2 the spacings listed in note 2 above.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
10

5. For PVC, PVDF, FRP and other specialty piping, brace spacings shall not exceed 1/2 the spacings listed in note 2 above. Braces can be selected for the actual pipe weight and it's contents at these spacings. 6. Gas, fuel oil, vacuum, medical gas and compressed air piping brace spacings shall not exceed the maximum spacings listed in note 2 above. Piping constructed other than those listed in note 2 must follow the requirements of notes 3, 4 and 5. 7. Transverse restraints for insulated pipe shall be installed on clevis, J-Hanger or roller hanger supports sized to fit over insulation inserts and on trapeze supports where the insulation insert is supported by the trapeze and the clamp is sized to fit over the insulation insert. 8. Longitudinal restraints for all pipes shall be attached directly to the pipe using a pipe clamp hanger or a standard pipe clamp within 4" (102 mm) of a vertical support. Where required, insulation shall be installed over the pipe clamp so the pipe clamp is in direct contact with the pipe. The Engineer of Record is responsible for determining and detailing if a special clamp is required to prevent breaking the vapor barrier for chilled water systems. 9. The pipe weights tabulated in Section A are based on schedule 40 steel pipe for up to 12" (305 mm) diameter, schedule 30 steel pipe for 14" (356 mm) to 18" (457 mm) diameter and schedule 20 for 20" (508 mm) and 24" (610 mm) diameters. Weights also include water and insulation. Verify the maximum weight per foot (meter) listed in the column next to pipe size when determining seismic brace requirements tabulated in Section A. Section M of these guidelines tabulates the weight per foot (meter) for steel, copper, PVC and cast iron pipe. Notes on Suspended Ductwork: 1. Seismic restraints are required for the following installations: A. All ductwork containing hazardous gases or exhaust unless specifically excepted by the engineer of record. B. All rectangular and square ducts 6 square feet (0.56 m2) and larger in cross sectional area and round ducts 28 inches (711 mm) and larger in diameter. Exception: All ducts suspended by hanger straps 12 inches (305 mm) or less in length as measured from top of the duct to the point of attachment to the structure. Hangers must be attached within 2" (51 mm) of the top of the duct with a minimum of two #10 sheet metal screws. If any hanger in the run exceeds the 12 inch (305 mm) limit, seismic bracing is required for the run. Note: A single support location that meets the requirements of this exception does not constitute a seismic sway brace location.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
11

The exception also applies for trapeze supported systems if the distance as measured from the point of attachment to the trapeze to the point of attachment to the structure is less than 12 inches (305 mm) . Note: If directional changes or offsets to equipment connections do not allow for flexibility of the trapezed system (e.g. long offsets or flexible connectors) then the system must be braced regardless of duct size or distance to the structure if the combined weight per foot (meter) of all items is greater than 10 lbs/ft (14.9 kg/m). Page 31 of these guidelines details the "12 Inch Rule" for ductwork. In addition, to meet the 1997 Uniform Building Code CBC/2001, all of the following conditions must be satisfied: 1. Lateral motion of ductwork will not cause damaging impact with surrounding systems (e.g. other ducts, pipes, equipment, sprinkler heads etc.) or cause loss of system vertical support. Ductwork must be made of ductile material with ductile connections. Vertical support connections cannot develop moments (e.g. swivel joints, eye bolts, vibration isolation hangers, etc.).
2. 3.
2. Ductwork conforming to SMACNA standards, including but not limited to duct construction and joint connections, shall be braced at a maximum transverse spacing of 40 feet (12.2 m) up to 0.25g, 30 feet (9.1 m) up to 1.0g, and 20 feet (6.1m) up to 2.0g. Maximum longitudinal spacing shall be 80 feet (24.4 m) at 0.25g, 60 feet (18.3 m) up to 1.0g, and 40 feet (12.2 m) up to 2.0g. 3. Ductwork constructed of non-ductile materials or non-ductile connections, such as specialty plastic or fiberglass ductwork, shall be braced at 1/2 the spacings listed in note 2 above. 4. Rectangular and oval ductwork shall be stiffened at seismic brace locations with a trapeze support member sized to carry the gravity load of the ductwork; a minimum of (2) threaded vertical hanger rods and an upper support member over top of the duct. The trapeze and upper support members must be fastened to the ductwork with #10 sheet metal screws spaced at maximum 12 inch (305 mm) centers. Refer to Pages E3 and E4 for sizing of the trapeze and upper support members. 5. Multiple ducts may be combined in a single frame and braced based on the combined duct weight. 6. Wall penetrations may be considered transverse brace locations where duct is tightly blocked unless smoke dampers are installed in the wall.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
12

7. Floor penetrations of vertical duct may be considered transverse and longitudinal brace locations where duct is tightly blocked and the distance from the floor penetration to the inside of the 90 degree turn horizontal is less than 2 duct widths. Floor penetrations may be considered transverse brace locations where duct is tightly blocked unless smoke dampers are installed in the floor. 8. Devices mounted in-line and rigidly attached to the ductwork at both ends must be braced independently from the ductwork if the unit weight is 50 lbs (23 kg) or greater or the unit weighs between 20 (9 kg) and 49 lbs (22 kg) and is separated from the duct with a flexible connector. Flexible connections between the device and associated pipings should be provided or the unit to is attached to braced piping and flexible piping connectors are not used. 9. Section N of these guidelines tabulates duct weight per foot (meter) for rectangular and round ductwork of different sizes and gages. 10. If a 2 piece rod is used to support ductwork, minimum engagement of the rod shall be 1/3 of the coupling nut length. Rods shall be run up tight in the coupling nut. Notes on Suspended Electrical Systems: 1. Seismic braces are required for the following installations: A. All conduit 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) trade size and larger. B. All cable trays with weights greater than 10 lbs/ft (14.9 kg/m). Exception: All conduit or cable trays suspended by individual hanger rods 12 inches (305 mm) or less as measured from the top of the conduit or cable tray to the bottom of the support where the hanger is attached. However, if any hanger in the run exceeds the 12 inch (305 mm) limit, seismic bracing is required for the run. Note: A single support location that meets the requirements of this exception does not constitute a seismic sway brace location. The exception also applies for trapeze supported systems if the distance as measured from the point of attachment to the trapeze to the point of attachment to the structure is less than 12 inches (305 mm). Note: If directional changes or offsets to equipment connections do not allow for flexibility of the trapezed system (e.g. long offsets or flexible connectors) then the system must be braced regardless of conduit size or distance to the structure if the combined weight per foot (meter) of all items is greater than 10 lbs/ft (14.9 kg/m). Page 30 of these guidelines details the "12 Inch Rule" for suspended electrical systems.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
13

In addition, to meet the 1997 Uniform Building Code CBC/2001, all of the following conditions must be satisfied: 1. Lateral motion of electrical system will not cause damaging impact with surrounding systems (e.g. other electrical systems, ducts, pipes, equipment, etc.) or cause loss of system vertical support. Electrical system must be made of ductile material with ductile connections. Vertical support connections cannot develop moments (e.g. swivel joints, eye bolts etc.).
2. 3.
2. Conduits and cable trays shall be braced at the spacings shown in these guidelines. Transverse brace spacing shall not exceed 50 feet (15.2 m) up to 0.25g, 40 feet (12.2 m) up to 1.0g, and 20 feet (6.1 m) up to 2.0g. Maximum longitudinal spacing shall not exceed 80 feet (24.4 m) up to 1.0g, and 40 feet (12.2 m) up to 2.0g. 3. Transverse restraints for conduit or cable trays shall be installed at general support locations. Connection of the restraint to the support shall be at the support rod connection to the hanger or cable tray. 4. Longitudinal restraints for conduits shall be attached directly to the conduit using a pipe clamp hanger or a standard pipe clamp within 4" (102 mm) of a vertical support. Longitudinal restraints for cable trays shall be at the support rod connection to the cable tray. 5. The charts in Section A or D may be used to determine seismic restraint components and their anchorage for conduits or cable trays. Section M of these guidelines tabulates the weight per foot (meter) of steel conduit with maximum conductor fill. Notes on Vertical Risers: 1. Vertical pipe, duct or electrical systems supported at each floor up to a five story building shall be considered seismically braced if the penetration through each floor is tightly packed. Refer to Page R1 for support details. 2. Vertical risers in an open shaft must be attached to the supports with connections sized to accept the horizontal seismic loads. Support spacing shall not exceed 40 feet (12.2 m) up to 0.25g, 30 feet (9.1 m) up to 1.0g and 20 feet (6.1 m) up to 2.0g. Supports and connections must be engineered on a job by job basis subject to approval by the enforcement agency. 3. Vertical cast iron pipe risers attached with shield and clamp assemblies must be stiffened at the connection points of any unsupported section of pipe. Refer to Page R1 for stiffening details.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
14

1997 Uniform Building Code As defined in the 1997 Uniform Building Code 2001 CBC, Chapter 16, Section 1632/1632A, the seismic horizontal force, F p , may be calculated using the following formula:
Fp = a p C aIp Rp
x (1 + 3 h ) Wp h r
Except that: Fp shall not be less than 0.7 Ca Ip Wp and need not be more than 4 Ca Ip Wp. Where: Wp = Operating Weight of Pipe, Duct and/or Electrical System ap = Component Amplification Factor = 1.0 for Suspended Piping, Ductwork or Electrical Systems. Rp = Component Response Modification Factor = 3.0 for Suspended Piping, Ductwork or Electrical Systems. = 1.5 for installations using concrete anchors with an embedment length-todiameter ratio less than 8. (e.g. a " (13 mm) diameter concrete anchor embedded less than 4" (104 mm)) Ip = Importance Factor 1.5 for Essential Facilities such as Hospitals, Fire or Police Stations, etc., hazardous facilities and life-safety systems. 1.0 for all other Occupancies. Refer to 1997 UBC Table 16-K. Ca = Seismic Coefficient derived from the Seismic Zone, Soil Properties and Proximity to Known Earthquake Faults summarized in 1997 UBC Tables 16-I, 16-Q and 16-S. hx = Element or Component Attachment Elevation with respect to grade. h x shall not be taken less than 0.0. hr = Structure Roof Elevation with respect to grade. Example: Piping is suspended on the 1st floor of a 50 foot (15.2 m) high, 3-story office building. The piping is actually suspended from the 2nd floor which has an elevation of 15 feet (4.6 m) from grade. The building is located in Seismic Zone 3 on Soil Type SD which results in a Seismic Coefficient, Ca = 0.36.
Fp = apC a Ip Rp
(1 + 3 hx ) Wp =
r
(1.0)(0.36)(1.0) 15 (1 + 3 3.0 50
) Wp = 0.23 Wp= 0.23g
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
15
2000 International Building Code As defined in the 2000 International Building Code, Chapter 16, Section 1621, the seismic horizontal force, Fp , may be calculated using the following formula:
Fp = 0.4 ap SDSIp Rp
(1 + 2 z ( Wp
h
Except that: Fp shall not be less than 0.3 SDS Ip Wp and need not be more than 1.6 SDS Ip Wp. Where: Wp = ap = = = Rp = = = = = Operating Weight of Pipe, Duct and/or Electrical System Component Amplification Factor 1.0 for Suspended Piping and Ductwork. 2.5 for Suspended Bus Ducts, Conduits and Cable Trays. Component Response Modification Factor 5.0 for Suspended Bus Ducts, Conduits and Cable Trays. 3.5 for Suspended High Deformability Piping Systems such as welded steel pipe or brazed/soldered copper pipe. 2.5 for Suspended Ductwork and Li mited Deformability Piping Systems such as piping with screwed fittings. 1.5 for installations using concrete anchors with an embedment length-todiameter ratio less than 8. (e.g. a (13 mm) diameter concrete anchor embedded less than 4 (102 mm)). 1.25 for Suspended Low Deformability Piping Systems such as cast iron pipe. Importance Factor 1.5 for Essential Facilities such as Hospitals, Fire or Police Stations, etc., hazardous facilities and life-safety systems. 1.0 for all other Occupancies. Refer to 2000 IBC Section 1621.1.6. The Design Spectral Response Acceleration at short periods. 2/3 SMS The Maximum Considered Earthquake Spectral Accelerations for short periods. Fa x Ss The Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods. The Site Coefficient as a function of Site Class (soil conditions) and Mapped Spectral Accelerations. Refer to 2000 IBC Table 1615.1.2. Element or Component Attachment Elevation with respect to grade. z shall not be taken less than 0.0 or greater than h. Structure Roof Elevation with respect to grade.
= Ip = = = SDS = = SMS = = SS = Fa = z =

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
15A

Fp shall not be taken less than, 0.7 Ca Ip Wp = 0.7(0.36)(1.0) Wp = 0.26g Fp shall not be greater than, 4.0 Ca Ip Wp = 4.0(0.36)(1.0) Wp = 1.44g Therefore, Fp = 0.26g For use in this manual we can convert the result from Design Strength to Allowable Stress Design by dividing the result by 1.4, Fp = 0.26g / 1.4 = 0.19g. For installations using concrete anchors installed with an embedment length-to-diameter ratio less than 8, also defined as shallow concrete anchors, the Component Response Factor, R p = 1.5, therefore for the same example
Fp =
a p C aIp Rp
(1 + 3 h x ) Wp = (1.0)(0.36)(1.0) (1 + 3 15 ) Wp = 0.46 Wp = 0.46g

hr 1.5 50
Comparing this value with the minimum and maximum Fp equations previously calculated gives, Fp = 0.46g. Again, converting to Allowable Stress Design for use in this manual, Fp = 0.46g / 1.4 = 0.33g. Consider the same example, if the piping is suspended from the roof, a p C aI p h Fp = (1 + 3 x ) Wp = (1.0)(0.36)(1.0) (1 + 3 50 ) Wp = 0.48 Wp = 0.48g Rp hr 3.0 50 Comparing this value with the minimum and maximum Fp equations previously calculated gives, Fp = 0.48g / 1.4 = 0.35g. For shallow concrete anchor installations,
Fp = a p C aIp Rp
(1 + 3 h x ) Wp = (1.0)(0.36)(1.0) (1 + 3 50 ) Wp = 0.96 Wp = 0.96g

hr 1.5 50
Comparing this value with the minimum and maximum Fp equations previously calculated gives, Fp = 0.96g / 1.4 = 0.69g. This example can be summarized as follows for use with this manual.
Office Building Level st 1 Floor nd 2 Floor rd 3 Floor
Horizontal Acceleration Fp 0.19g 0.24g 0.35g
Fp For Shallow Concrete Anchor Installations 0.33g 0.48g 0.69g

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
16

Example: st Piping with screwed fittings is suspended on the 1 floor of a 50 foot (15.2 m) high, 3-story office nd building. The piping is actually suspended from the 2 floor which has an elevation of 15 feet (4.6 m) from grade. The building is located where the value of S S is 1.00 and the site class is D. SDS = 2/3 SMS = 2/3 Fa x SS = 2/3(1.1)(1.00) = 0.73
Fp = Rp Wp =
Fp shall not be taken less than, 0.3 SDS Ip W p = 0.3(0.73)(1.0) W p = 0.22g Fp shall not be greater than, 1.6 SDS Ip W p = 1.6(0.73)(1.0) W p = 1.17g Therefore, Fp = 0.22g For use in this manual we can convert the result from Design Strength to Allowable Stress Design by dividing the result by 1.4, Fp = 0.22g / 1.4 = 0.16g. For installations using concrete anchors installed with an embedment length-to-diameter ratio less than 8, also defined as shallow concrete anchors, the Component Response Factor, Rp = 1.5, therefore for the same example
Fp = Rp Wp =
Comparing this value with the minimum and maximum Fp equations previously calculated gives, Fp = 0.31g. Again, converting to Allowable Stress Design for use in this manual, Fp = 0.31g / 1.4 = 0.22g. Consider the same example, if the piping is suspended from the roof,
Fp = Rp Wp =
Comparing this value with the minimum and maximum Fp equations previously calculated gives, Fp = 0.35g / 1.4 = 0.25g. This example can be summarized as follows for use with this manual. Office Building Level st 1 Floor 2
nd rd
Horizontal Acceleration Fp 0.16g 0.19g 0.25g
Fp For Shallow Concrete Anchor Installations 0.22g 0.31g 0.42g
Floor
3 Floor

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
16A
0.4 ap SDSIp
z (1 + 2 h
0.4(1.0)(0.73) 50 1+ 2 Wp = 0.35g 2.5 50
0.4 ap SDSIp
z (1 + 2 h
0.4(1.0)(0.73) 15 1+ 2 Wp = 0.31g 1.5 50
0.4 ap SDSIp
z (1 + 2 h
0.4(1.0)(0.73) 1+ 2 15 Wp = 0.19g 50 2.5
August 5, 2002
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS

Selection charts are available for each of the following attachment methods and types of structures: 1. 2. 3. 4. Expansion anchors into a 3000 psi (20.68 MPa), stone aggregate concrete slab. Expansion anchors into a 3000 psi (20.68 MPa), lightweight concrete filled metal deck. Bolted or welded direct to structural steel. Lag screw into a wood structure.
Design Procedure: Step 1. Select the Seismic Restraint Guideline for the actual attachment method or type of structure listed above. These charts show anchorage requirements, size of seismic cable brace(SCB) or seismic solid brace(SSB) or seismic strut brace (SSBS), cable or solid brace size and maximum brace spacing for different pipe sizes or maximum weight per foot (meter). (Ref. Pages A1 to A4) Step 2. Select the Rod Stiffener Guidelines for Individually Supported Systems. This chart defines the maximum unbraced rod length, maximum braced rod length and maximum spacing between each seismic rod clamp(SRC) or strut clamps (UC). (Ref. Page B1) Step 3. Check the minimum size of SCBH, SCB, SSBS and SSB. An increase in size may be required if a larger clevis is used on insulated pipe, etc. (Ref. Page B2) Step 4. Select the Support Rod Attachment Guideline which coincides with the Seismic Restraint Guideline selected in Step 1 if using seismic solid braces. Each chart defines the seismic tension load applied to the support rod at the seismic solid brace location. (Ref. Pages K1 to K4) The following summary may be used for easy reference.
SEISMIC RESTRAINT/SUPPORT GUIDELINES

Structure or Attachment Type 1 2 3 4 Seismic Restraint Guidelines A1 A2 A3 A4 Rod Stiffener Guidelines B1 B1 B1 B1 Minimum SCBH, SCB SSB and SSBS Size B2 B2 B2 B2 Support Rod Attachment Guidelines at SSB and SSBS Locations K1 K2 K3 K4
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
17
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS (continued)

Step 5. Select the appropriate seismic restraint details. The following summary can be used for easy reference.
SEISMIC RESTRAINT DETAILS

Alternate Transverse Transverse Brace Brace C1 C4 C7 C2 C5 C8 Longitudinal Brace Rod Stiffener C3 C6 C9 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2
Type SCB Cable Brace System Type SSB Solid Brace System
Support Type Spring Isolated Rigidly Supported Rigidly Supported
Step 6. Select the appropriate attachment details. The Following summary can be used for easy reference.

RESTRAINT DETAILS SCB/SSB/SSBS SCB/SSB SCB, SSB Direct 2 Bolt 4 Bolt Attachment Attachment Attachment H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 to H12 H13 Support Rod Attachment Details L1 L2, L3 L4 to L6 L1 to L6
Structure or Attachment Type 1 2 3 4

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
18
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS (example)

The design procedure is used to select the appropriate guidelines and details for a particular type of structure, attachment method and support type as listed below: Structure: 3000 psi (20.86 MPa) concrete filled metal deck. Restraint Type: Seismic Cable Brace (SCB) Restraint Attachment: Expansion Anchors Support Attachment: Refer to project specifications for attachments designed to accept gravity loads.
A. From the design procedure on page 17, the structure/attachment type for seismic attachment is #2. B. Follow steps 1 through 6 as listed in the design procedure. From the Seismic Restraint/Support Guidelines summary on page 17: Step 1. Select the Seismic Restraint Guideline for structure/attachment #2, sheet A2. Step 2. Select the Rod Stiffener Guideline on sheet B1. Step 3. Select the Minimum SCBH, SCB, SSB and SSBS size on sheet B2. Step 4. Support Rod Attachment Guideline is not required when using seismic cable bracing. From the Seismic Restraint Details summary on page 18 Step 5. For the spring isolated/SCB cable brace system select: a. Sheets C1 and C2 for transverse braces. b. Sheet C3 for longitudinal braces. c. Sheet G1 for rod bracing details. From the Attachment Details summary on page 18 Step 6. For seismic structure/attachment #2 select: a. Sheet H4 for SCB direct attachment. b. Sheet H5 for SCB (2) bolt attachment. c. Sheet H6 for SCB (4) bolt attachment. d. All applicable L sheets.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
19
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS (example continued)

There are a number of choices available to suit a variety of project requirements and field conditions. The selected guidelines and details are used to determine restraint size, anchorage and vertical rod stiffening requirements for the following pipeline with the project requirements and field conditions listed below: Seismic Acceleration Input: 0.5g Pipe Size: 8 in. (203 mm) diameter steel pipe filled with water Support Rod Diameter: 7/8 in. (22 mm) Support Rod length: 72 in. (1829 mm) Restraint Type: SCBH attached to support rod at clevis, SCB attached to structure. Maximum Brace Angle Ratio: 1:1 Restraint Spacing: Maximum Allowed From Sheet A2 (A2m), for 8 in. (203 mm) pipe and 0.5g seismic input: a. b. c. d. e. f. Maximum trans. brace spacing = 40 feet (12.2 m). Maximum long. brace spacing = 50 feet (15.2 m). Use SCBH-2 attached to support rod at clevis. Use SCB-2 attached to structure Cable Diameter = 3/16 in. (5 mm) Use (2) 5/8 in. (16 mm) dia. with 5 in. (127 mm) embed. ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge exp. anchors for attachment to the structure. Use an SLDB-2000 anchor bracket for the SCB attachment to the structure.
g.
From Sheet B1 (B1m), for 8 in. (203 mm) pipe at 0.5g seismic input: h. The 72 in. (1829 mm) long rod must be braced with a 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 in. (38 x 38 x 6 mm) angle and (3) SRC 1-1/2 rod clamps.
From Sheet B2: i. An SCBH-2 will fit the 7/8 in. (22 mm) rod used to support the 8 in. (203 mm) pipe.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
20
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS

Selection charts are available for each of the following attachment methods and types of structures: 1. 2. 3. 4. Expansion anchors into a 3000 psi (20.68 MPa), stone aggregate concrete slab. Expansion anchors into a 3000 psi (20.68 MPa), lightweight concrete filled metal deck. Bolted or welded direct to structural steel. Lag screws into a wood structure.
Design Procedure: Step 1. Select the Seismic Restraint Guideline for the actual attachment method or type of structure listed above. These charts show anchorage requirements, size of SCB, SSB, or SSBS and cable or solid brace size for maximum system weight per foot (meter). (Ref. Pages D1 to D4) Step 2. Select the Rod Stiffener Guidelines for Trapeze Supported Systems. Each chart defines the maximum unbraced rod length, maximum braced rod length and maximum spacing between each seismic rod clamp (SRC) or strut clamp (UC). (Ref. Pages E1 and E2) Step 3. Select the Trapeze Support Guidelines. These charts define the maximum allowable uniform load for different trapeze support spans. (Ref. Page E3) Step 4. Select the Upper Support Member Guideline for Rectangular/Oval Duct (Not required for round duct.). These charts define upper support member sizes for each SCBH/SSB size and upper support extension. (Ref. Page E4) Step 5. Select the Support Rod Attachment Guideline which coincides with the Seismic Restraint Guideline selected in Step 1 if using seismic solid braces. Each chart defines the seismic tension load applied to the support rod at the seismic solid brace location. (Ref. Pages K1 to K4) The following summary may be used for easy reference.

Structure or Attachment Type 1 2 3 4 Seismic Restraint Guidelines D1 D2 D3 D4 Rod Stiffener Guidelines E1 & E2 E1 & E2 E1 & E2 E1 & E2 Trapeze Support Guidelines E3 E3 E3 E3 Top Brace Member Guidelines for Rect./Oval Ductwork Only E4 E4 E4 E4 Support Rod Attachment Guidelines at SSB Locations K1 K2 K3 K4
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
21
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS (continued)

Step 6. Select the appropriate seismic restraint details. The following summary may be used for easy reference.
SEISMIC RESTRAINT DETAILS

Mechanical or Electrical System Seismic Brace System Type SCB Cable Brace System Type SSB/SSBS Solid Brace System Type SCB Cable Brace System Type SSB/SSBS Solid Brace System Type SCB Cable Brace System Type SSB/SSBS Solid Brace System Type SCB Cable Brace System Type SSB/SSBS Solid Brace System Support Type Spring Isolated Rigidly Supported Rigidly Supported Spring Isolated Rigidly Supported Rigidly Supported Spring Isolated Rigidly Supported Rigidly Supported Rigidly Supported Rigidly Supported All Directional Brace F1 F4 F7 F10 F13 F16 F19 F22 F25 F28 F31 Transverse Brace F2 F5 F8 F11 F14 F17 F20 F23 F26 F29 F32 Longitudinal Brace F3 F6 F9 F12 F15 F18 F21 F24 F27 F30 F33 Rod Stiffener G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2 G1, G2
Piping or Conduit
Rectangular or Oval Ductwork
Round Ductwork
Electrical Cable Tray
Step 7. Select the appropriate attachment details. The following summary can be used for easy reference.
ATTACHMENT DETAILS
Structure or Attachment Type 1 2 3 4 RESTRAINT DETAILS SCB/SSB/SSBS SCB/SSB SCB/SSB Direct 2 Bolt 4 Bolt Attachment Attachment Attachment H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 to H13 H13 Support Rod Attachment Details L1 L2,L3 L4 to L6 L1 to L6

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
22
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS (example)

The design procedure is used to select the appropriate guidelines and details for a particular type of structure, attachment method and support type as listed below: Mechanical/Electrical System: Rectangular Ductwork Structure: Stone aggregate concrete slab Restraint Type: Seismic Solid Brace (SSB or SSBS) Restraint Attachment: Expansion Anchors Support type: Rigid Support Rod Support Attachment: Steel Beam Clamp A. From the design procedure on page 21 the structure/attachment type for seismic attachment is #1 B. Follow steps 1 through 7 as listed in the design procedure. From the Seismic Restraint/Support Guidelines summary on page 22: Step 1. Select the Seismic Restraint Guideline for structure/attachment #1, sheet D1. Step 2. Select the Rod Stiffener Guideline sheet E1. Step 3. Select the Trapeze Support Guideline sheet E3. Step 4. Select the Top Brace Member Guideline if bracing Rect./Oval Duct, sheet E4. Step 5. Select the Support Rod Attachment Guideline at SSB/SSBS Locations for structure/attachment #1, sheet K1. From the Seismic Restraint details summary on page 22: Step 6. For rectangular duct, rigidly supported SSB/SSBS solid brace system select: a. Sheet F16 for all directional braces. b. Sheet F17 for transverse braces. c. Sheet F18 for longitudinal braces. d. Sheet G1 or G2 for rod bracing details. From the Attachment Details summary on page 22: Step 7. For structure/attachment #1, select: a. Sheet H1 for SSB/SSBS direct attachment. b. Sheet H2 for SSB (2) bolt attachment. c. Sheet H3 for SSB (4) bolt attachment. d. All applicable L sheets.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
23
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS (example continued)

There are a number of choices available to suit a variety of project requirements and field conditions. The selected guidelines and details are used to determine restraint size, anchorage and vertical rod stiffening requirements for the following ductwork with the project requirements and field conditions as listed below: Seismic Acceleration Input: 1.0g Duct Size: 70 in. x 60 in. x 18 gage (1778 x 1524 x 1.2 mm). Support Rod Diameter: To be determined in Section K at SSB Locations only. Support Rod Length: 84 inches (2134 mm). Restraint Type: SSB attached to the upper support member and the structure. Brace Angle Ratio: 1:1 Restraint Spacing: Maximum allowed, 30 feet (9.1 m) trans. and 60 feet (18.3 m)long. Trapeze Span: 72 inches (1829 mm). Trapeze Support Spacing: 6 ft. (1.8 m). Top Brace Extension: 3 in. (76 mm). Determine the Maximum Weight of the Duct: From Sheet N6 (N6m): a. Weight of the duct is 50 lbs/ft (74.4 kg/m).
From Sheet D1 (D1m), for a maximum weight of 73 lbs/ft (109 kg/m) at 1.0g seismic acceleration input and 30 ft. (9.1 m) transverse brace spacing: b. Use SSB-3 for attachment to the top brace member and the structure. Minimum brace size is 4 x 4 x in. (102 x 102 x 6 mm) steel angle. Use (4) 5/8 in. (16 mm) dia. with 5 1/8 in. (130 mm) embed. ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt wedge expansion anchors for attachment to the structure. Use an SLDB-4000 anchor bracket for the SSB attachment to the structure.
c.
d.
e.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
24
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS (example continued)

From Sheet K1 (K1m), for SSB-3: f. Minimum support rod diameter is in. (19 mm).
g. The attachment of the support rod to the structure must be capable of accepting the gravity load in addition to the seismic tension load of 2200 lbs. (998 kg). From Sheet E1 (E1m), when using an SSB-3 and a h. The 84 in. (2134 mm) long rod must be braced with a 1 x 1 x in. (38 x 38 x 6 mm) steel angle and (3) SRC-1 rod clamps. From Sheet E3 (E3m): i. The actual load on the trapeze at 6 ft. (1829 mm) support spacing is: 50 lbs/ft x 6 ft. of pipe =300 lbs. (74 kg/m x 1.8 m of pipe = 133.2 kg) For a 72 in. span, use a 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12ga (41 x 41 x 2.7 mm) strut with an allowable uniform load of 560 lbs. (254 kg). " (19 mm) diameter support rod:
j.
From Sheet E4 (E4m): k. For a 3 in. (76 mm) top brace extension with an SSB-3, use a 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12ga double strut. (41 x 41 x 2.7 mm double strut)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
25
LAYOUT OF SEISMIC BRACES

The next few pages outline a procedure for the seismic brace layout of pipes, ducts and conduits. Transverse and longitudinal braces indicated throughout are detailed in Section C for Individually Supported Systems and Section F for Trapeze Supported Systems. A transverse and longitudinal brace indicated at the same support points are defined as all directional braces for trapeze supported systems. Step 1. Separate the layout of the system into individual straight runs. A straight run is defined as a section of pipe, duct or conduit between changes in direction. If an offset(s) occurs between changes of direction it may be neglected if the distance perpendicular to the run is less than the maximum offset length tabulated below.
Steel Pipe or Conduit Pipe Dia., in(mm) 1 1/4 to 2 (32 to 51) 2 1/2 to 3 (64 to 76) 4 to 5 (102 to 127) 6 (152) 8 (203) 10 to 12 (254 to 305) 14 to 24 (356 to 610) Max. Offset Length ft (m) 0.25g 0.5g 1.0g 4(1.2) 2(0.6) 1(0.3) 8(2.4) 4(1.2) 2(0.6) 10(3) 6(1.8) 3(0.9) 10(3) 10(3) 5(1.5) 10(3) 10(3) 7(2.1) 10(3) 10(3) 9(2.7) 10(3) 10(3) 10(3) Copper Pipe Pipe Dia., in(mm) 2 1/2 to 3 (64 to 76) 4 to 5 (102 to 127) 6 (152) 8 (203) 10 (254) 12 (305) Max. Offset Length ft (m) 0.25g 0.5g 1.0g 2(0.6) 1(0.3) 0 4(1.2) 2(0.6) 1(0.3) 8(2.4) 4(1.2) 2(0.6) 10(3) 8(2.4) 4(1.2) 10(3) 10(3) 5(1.5) 10(3) 10(3) 6(1.8)
The above Offset Charts are limited to pipe with welded, soldered, brazed or UL listed grooved joints. Ductwork maximum offset length is 2 times the duct width. Pipe with screwed joints, cast iron pipe and PVC pipe maximum offset length is 2 feet (0.6 m) or as tabulated above.
Angular Offset
Multiple Offsets
Maximum _ < Offset Length

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
26
LAYOUT OF SEISMIC BRACES (continued)

Step 2. Each straight run must be braced in the transverse direction (perpendicular to the run) at each end.
Transverse brace at final support point of each end of straight run
X X
X X
Step 3. Add transverse braces, if required, to limit the spacing(s) to the maximum spacing indicated in sections A and D.
X X
Spacing
X X
Spacing
X X
Spacing
X X
_ Maximum transverse brace spacing Spacing <
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
27

Step 4. Each straight run must be braced in the longitudinal direction (parallel to the run) with at least one brace. Transverse braces within the maximum offset length discussed in Step 1 may be used in additional to or in lieu of independent longitudinal braces. The length of pipe around a 90 turn (indicated as 'P' below) longitudinally braced from a transverse brace = 0.9L-0.5T-A, where: L = Longitudinal Brace spacing (From Section A or D) T = The distance between Transverse Braces A = Offset Length
Independent Longitudinal Brace
X X X
X
Transverse Brace used as Longitudinal Brace
X X X X
_ <
Maximum Offset Length
Step 5. Multiple changes in direction may be treated as one complete system. Straight runs greater than the maximum offset length require 2 transverse braces. Straight runs less than the maximum offset length may require as few as one or no braces. (See layout below)
X X X X X
A B
X X X
X X
B
X X X X
A = Runs greater than the Maximum Offset Length B = Runs less than the Maximum Offset Length

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
28

Step 6. Vertical drops to equipment must be protected with a transverse brace at the final support point before the vertical drop. The distance from the transverse brace to the drop must be within the maximum offset length of the system. The length of the system braced from the transverse brace to the flexible connector is equal to of the maximum transverse brace spacing indicated in sections A and D. If this distance is greater than of the maximum transverse brace spacing, an additional brace is required at the end of the vertical drop by attaching to the floor.
Transverse Brace at final support point before vertical drop
_ Maximum < Offset Length
A flexible connector, loop, or swing joint is required before connecting system to equipment B
_ <
1/2 Maximum Transverse - A - B Brace Spacing
Equipment
X X
Additional Brace is required if piping is less than 6 Ft. (2m) above floor
Note: Length of system braced = 1/4 max. brace spacing for 2" to 3"(51 to 76 mm) dia. copper pipe. Additional brace at floor is required for 1 1/2"(38 mm) dia. and smaller copper pipe, and 1"(25 mm) dia. and smaller steel pipe, unless specific analysis is approved by the enforcement agency. Step 7. If seismic braces installed at a 1:1 brace angle ratio from horizontal are intermixed with 1.5:1 or 2:1 brace angle ratios, and the installer opts to reduce the brace spacing as instructed on pages A1 to A4, the layout shall be as follows.
1:1
1:1
1.5:1 or 2:1
1:1
1:1
X X
Maximum Spacing
X X
Reduced Max. Spacing
X X
Reduced Max. Spacing
X X
Maximum Spacing
X X
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
29
"12 INCH RULE" FOR PIPES, CONDUITS OR CABLE TRAYS
& IBC 2000)
_ 12 IN.(305 mm) <
_ 12 IN.(305 mm) <
& IBC 2000)
_ 12 IN.(305 mm) <
Note 1: Refer to Page 10, note 1 and page 13, note 1 for additional requirements of the "12 Inch Rule". Note 2: For tightening requirements of bolts, nuts and strut nuts reference H15.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
30
"12 INCH RULE" FOR DUCTWORK
_ <
& IBC 2000)
12 IN. (305 mm)
SHEET METAL STRAPS _ 12 IN. < (305 mm) (2) #10 SHEET METAL SCREW SHEET METAL SCREW AS REQUIRED _ <
2 IN. (51 mm)
Note 1: Refer to Page 12, note 1 for additional requirements of the "12 Inch Rule". Note 2: For tightening requirements of bolts, nuts and strut nuts reference H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
31
HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 ANCHORS

Allowable brace spacing in charts A2 & D2 are based on Ramset/Redhead Trubolt expansion anchors or approved equal. The following Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 anchors are approved equals.
PREAPPROVED: RAMSET/REDHEAD TRUBOLT
APPROVED EQUAL: HILTI KWIK BOLT 3
ANCHOR TYPE
ANCHOR O X EMBED
ANCHOR TYPE HILTI KWIK-BOLT 3 HILTI KWIK-BOLT 3
ANCHOR O X EMBED
RAMSET/REDHEAD TRUBOLT
1/2 X 3
1/2 X 4
RAMSET/REDHEAD TRUBOLT
5/8 X 5
5/8 X 5
Note: Kwik Bolt 3 embedment lengths have been increased to meet the 8x O requirement of CBC 2001.
Concrete Deck Cross Section
Concrete Deck Cross Section
1" MAX * C L of Flute
Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 Spacing Requirements Anchor Diameter 1/2" 5/8"

*Reference ICBO ESR-1385, Figure 3 ** Reference ICBO ESR-1385, Table 2
Minimum Allowable Spacing (S) ** 7-7/8" 9"

APPROVED
350 Rabro Drive 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite D Hauppauge, NY 11788 Anaheim, CA 92801 631/348-0282 714/535-2727 FAX 631/348-0279 FAX 714/535-5738 Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
OPA-0349 December 22, 2006

Page
32
Anthony R. Pike (916) 654-1477

Maximum
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS MINIMUM 3000 PSI STONE AGGREGATE CONCRETE SLAB EXPANSION ANCHORS
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (in.) SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-4 SCB-4 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 Option 2 Minimum SSB/ Brace Size SSBS Size (in.) SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-3 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut L3 x 3 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 Concrete Anchors
Qty Req'd Dia. (in.) Embed. (in.)
Pipe Dia. (in.) 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Weight per Foot (lbs.)
Maximum Brace Spacing (ft.) for Specified Seismic 'g' Loads * 0.25g 0.5g 1.0g
Tran. Long. Tran. Long. Tran. Long.
2.8 3.8 4.5 6.2 9.1 12.1 18.3 26.6 34.8 55.1 80.2 109 122 150 190 214 289
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 44 50 50
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 72 80 72 56 44 72 52
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 36 40 36 28 22 36 26
80 80 80 80 80 80 60 42 50 52 36 40 36 28 22 36 26
40 40 40 40 40 40 30 21 25 26 18 20 18 14 11 18 13
80 80 80 68 61 46 30 21 25 26 18 20 18 14 11 18 13
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8
2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8
* Maximum brace spacing for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide brace spacing by 1.67; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2.33. Example: For 3" diameter pipe at 0.5 g input and 1.5:1 brace angle ratio, the maximum transverse spacing = 40/1.67 = 23 ft. For maximum brace spacing at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1g spacing by the desired 'g' force. Example: For a 0.74g input for 12" diameter pipe, transverse brace spacing = 20/0.74 = 27 feet. (Note: Transverse and longitudinal brace spacing shall not exceed those stated in the general notes.)
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with an ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor, ICBO Report ER-1372/2000, Table 3, 4 and 5, embedded headed stud or J-bolt of equal embedment or approved equal. Where (2) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB or SSBS w/SLDB-2000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H2 and X9) Where (4) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB or SSBS w/SLDB-4000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H3 and X10) An increase in SCB or SSB size may be required to accommodate the cross bolt or support rod. (Ref. Page B2) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 12ga formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channels. (Ref. page X4)
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SBS/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H1, H2 and H3 for the maximum seismic loads.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
A1

Maximum
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS MINIMUM 20,680 kPa STONE AGGREGATE CONCRETE SLAB EXPANSION ANCHORS
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (mm) SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-4 SCB-4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 10 10 Option 2 Minimum SSB/ Brace Size SSBS Size (mm) SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-3 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut L76x76x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 Concrete Anchors
Qty Dia. Embed. (mm) Req'd (mm)
Pipe Dia. (mm) 25 32 38 51 64 76 102 127 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 610
Weight per Meter (kg)
Maximum Brace Spacing (m) for Specified Seismic 'g' Loads * 0.25g 0.5g 1.0g
4.1 5.6 6.6 9.2 13.5 18.0 27.3 39.5 51.8 82.0 119.3 162.2 181.5 222.6 282.7 317.7 430.1
15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 13.4 15.2 15.2
24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 21.9 24.4 21.9 17.1 13.4 21.9 15.8
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 11.0 12.2 11.0 8.5 6.7 11.0 7.9
24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 18.3 12.8 15.2 15.8 11.0 12.0 11.0 8.5 6.7 11.0 7.9
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 9.1 6.4 7.6 7.9 5.5 6.1 5.5 4.3 3.4 5.5 4.0
24.4 24.4 24.4 20.7 18.6 14.0 9.1 6.4 7.6 7.9 5.5 6.1 5.5 4.3 3.4 5.5 4.0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
57 57 57 105 105 105 105 105 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
* Maximum brace spacing for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide brace spacing by 1.67; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2.33. Example: For 76 mm dia. pipe at 0.5 g input and 1.5:1 brace angle ratio, the maximum transverse spacing = 12.2/1.67 = 7.3 m. For maximum brace spacing at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1g spacing by the desired 'g' force. Example: For a 0.74g input for 305 mm dia. pipe, transverse brace spacing = 6.1/0.74 = 8.2 m. (Note: Transverse and longitudinal brace spacing shall not exceed those stated in the general notes.)
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H1, H2 and H3 for the maximum seismic loads. NOTES:
Anchorage is based on attachment with an ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor, ICBO Report ER-1372/2000, Table 3, 4 and 5, embedded headed stud or J-bolt of equal embedment or approved equal. Where (2) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB or SSBS w/SLDB-2000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H2 and X9) Where (4) anchors are specified, the SCB or SSB w/SLDB-4000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H3 and X10) An increase in SCB, SSB or SSBS size may be required to accommodate the cross bolt or support rod. (Ref. Page B2) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 2.7 mm formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channels. (Ref. page X4)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
A1m

Maximum
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS MINIMUM 3000 PSI LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE DECK EXPANSION ANCHORS
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (in.) SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-4 SCB-4 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 Option 2 Minimum SSB/ Brace Size SSBS Size (in.) SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-3 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut L3 x 3 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 Concrete Anchors
Pipe Dia. (in.) 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
2.8 3.8 4.5 6.2 9.1 12.1 18.3 26.6 34.8 55.1 80.2 109 122 150 190 214 289
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 44 50 36
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 56 64 80 68 80 72 56 44 52 36
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 28 32 40 34 40 36 28 22 26 18
80 80 80 80 80 62 40 28 32 50 34 40 36 28 22 26 18
40 40 40 40 40 31 20 14 16 25 17 20 18 14 11 13 9
80 80 80 60 41 31 20 14 16 25 17 20 18 14 11 13 9
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
* Maximum brace spacing for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide brace spacing by 1.68; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2.38. Example: For 3" diameter pipe at 0.5 g input and 1.5:1 brace angle ratio, the maximum transverse spacing = 40/1.68 = 23 ft. For maximum brace spacing at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1g spacing by the desired 'g' force. Example: For a 0.74g input for 12" diameter pipe, transverse brace spacing = 20/0.74 = 27 feet. (Note: Transverse and longitudinal brace spacing shall not exceed those stated in the general notes.)
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H4, H5 and H6 for the maximum seismic loads. NOTES:
Anchorage is based on attachment with an ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor, ICBO Report ER-1372/2000, Table 4, 5 and 10, embedded headed stud or J-bolt of equal embedment or approved equal. Where (2) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB or SSBS w/SLDB-2000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H5 and X9) Where (4) anchors are specified, the SCB or SSB w/SLDB-4000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H6 and X10) An increase in SCB, SSB or SSBS size may be required to accomodate the cross bolt or support rod. (Ref. Page B2) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 12ga formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channel. (Ref. page X4)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
A2

Maximum
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS MINIMUM 20,680 kPa LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE DECK EXPANSION ANCHORS
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (mm) SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-4 SCB-4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 10 10 SSB/ SSBS Size Option 2 Minimum Brace Size (mm) 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut L76x76x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 Concrete Anchors
Quantity Req'd Dia. (mm) Embed. (mm)
Pipe Dia. (mm) 25 32 38 51 64 76 102 127 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 610
4.1 5.6 6.6 9.2 13.5 18.0 27.3 39.5 51.8 82.0 119.3 162.2 181.5 222.6 282.7 317.7 430.1
15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 13.4 15.2 11.0
24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 17.1 19.5 24.4 20.7 24.4 21.9 17.1 13.4 15.8 11.0
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 8.5 9.8 12.2 10.4 12.2 11.0 8.5 6.7 7.9 5.5
24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 18.9 12.2 8.5 9.8 15.2 10.4 12.2 11.0 8.5 6.7 7.9 5.5
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 9.4 6.1 4.3 4.9 7.6 5.2 6.1 5.5 4.3 3.4 4.0 2.7
24.4 24.4 24.4 18.3 12.5 9.4 6.1 4.3 4.9 7.6 5.2 6.1 5.5 4.3 3.4 4.0 2.7
SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-3 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
* Maximum brace spacing for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide brace spacing by 1.68; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2.38. Example: For 76 mm dia. pipe at 0.5 g input and 1.5:1 brace angle ratio, the maximum transverse spacing = 12.2/1.68 = 7.3 m. For maximum brace spacing at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1g spacing by the desired 'g' force. Example: For a 0.74g input for 305 mm diameter pipe, transverse brace spacing = 6.1/0.74 = 8.2 m. (Note: Transverse and longitudinal brace spacing shall not exceed those stated in the general notes.)
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with an ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor, ICBO Report ER-1372/2000 Table 4, 5 and 10, embedded headed stud or J-bolt of equal embedment or approved equal. Where (2) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB or SSBS w/SLDB-2000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H5 and X9) Where (4) anchors are specified, the SCB or SSB w/SLDB-4000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H6 and X10) An increase in SCB or SSB size may be required to accomodate the cross bolt or support rod. (Ref. Page B2) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 2.7 mm formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channel. (Ref. page X4)
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H4, H5 and H6 for the maximum seismic loads.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
A2m

Maximum
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM OR MEMBER A307 BOLT OR 70XX WELD
Option 1 SCB Size SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-4 SCB-4 Cable Dia. (in.) 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 SSB/ SSBS Size SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-3 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 Option 2 Minimum Brace Size (in.) 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut L3 x 3 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 Steel Bolt
Qty. Req'd Dia. (in.)
Pipe Dia. (in.) 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Weld Size (in.) 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16
2.8 3.8 4.5 6.2 9.1 12.1 18.3 26.6 34.8 55.1 80.2 109 122 150 190 214 289
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 44 50 50
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 72 80 72 56 44 80 64
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 36 40 36 28 22 40 32
80 80 80 80 80 80 74 50 80 52 36 40 36 28 22 44 32
40 40 40 40 40 40 37 25 40 26 18 20 18 14 11 22 16
80 80 80 68 75 56 37 25 41 26 18 20 18 14 11 22 16
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1/4 1 1/4
* Maximum brace spacing for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide brace spacing by 1.5; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2. Example: For 3" diameter pipe at 0.5 g input and 1.5:1 brace angle ratio, the maximum transverse spacing = 40/1.5 = 26 ft. For maximum brace spacing at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1g spacing by the desired 'g' force. Example: For a 0.74g input for 12" diameter pipe, transverse brace spacing = 20/0.74 = 27 feet. (Note: Transverse and longitudinal brace spacing shall not exceed those stated in the general notes.)
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H7 to H12 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with a Standard ASTM A307 Quality Bolts or E70xx electrode welds. An increase in SCB, SSB or SSBS size may be required to accomodate the cross bolt or support rod. (Ref. Page B2) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 12ga formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channel.
(Ref. page X4)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
A3

Maximum
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM OR MEMBER A307 BOLT OR 70XX WELD
Option 1 SCB Size SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-3 SCB-4 SCB-4 Cable Dia. (mm) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 10 10 Option 2 SSB/ SSBS Size SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-3 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 SSB-4 Minimum Brace Size (mm) 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut L76x76x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6 Steel Bolt
Qty. Req'd Dia. (mm)
Pipe Dia. (mm) 25 32 38 51 64 76 102 127 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 610
4.1 5.6 6.6 9.2 13.5 18.0 27.3 39.5 51.8 82.0 119.3 162.2 181.5 222.6 282.7 317.7 430.1
15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 13.4 15.2 15.2
24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 21.9 24.4 21.9 17.1 13.4 24.4 19.5
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 11.0 12.2 11.0 8.5 6.7 12.2 9.8
24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 22.6 15.2 24.4 15.8 11.0 12.2 11.0 8.5 6.7 12.2 9.8
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 11.3 7.6 12.2 7.9 5.5 6.1 5.5 4.3 3.4 6.7 4.9
24.4 24.4 24.4 20.7 22.9 17.1 11.3 7.6 12.5 7.9 5.5 6.1 5.5 4.3 3.4 6.7 4.9
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 19 19 19 19 32 32
Weld Size (mm) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
* Maximum brace spacing for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide brace spacing by 1.5; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2. Example: For 76 mm dia. pipe at 0.5 g input and 1.5:1 brace angle ratio, the maximum transverse spacing = 12.2/1.5 = 8.1 m. For maximum brace spacing at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1g spacing by the desired 'g' force. Example: For a 0.74g input for 305 mm dia. pipe, transverse brace spacing = 6.1/0.74 = 8.2 m. (Note: Transverse and longitudinal brace spacing shall not exceed those stated in the general notes.)
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H7 to H12 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with a Standard ASTM A307 Quality Bolts or E70xx electrode welds. An increase in SCB, SSB or SSBS size may be required to accomodate the cross bolt or support rod. (Ref. Page B2) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 2.7 mm formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channel. (Ref. page X4)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
A3m

Maximum
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL WOOD BEAM OR MEMBER LAG BOLT

Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (in.) SCB-1 1/8 SCB-1 1/8 SCB-1 1/8 SCB-1 1/8 SCB-1 1/8 SCB-1 1/8 SCB-1 1/8 SCB-1 1/8 SCB-2 3/16 SCB-2 3/16 SCB-2 3/16 SCB-2 3/16 Option 2 Lag Minimum Screws Qty Dia. Embed. SSB Brace Size Req'd (in.) (in.) Size (in.) SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 1/2 4 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 1/2 4 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 1/2 4 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 1/2 4 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 1/2 4 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 1/2 4 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 1/2 4 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 1/2 4 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 5 SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 5 SSB-3 L2 x 2 x 1/4 1 5/8 5 SSB-3 L2 x 2 x 1/4 1 5/8 5
Pipe Dia. (in.) 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
2.8 3.8 4.5 6.2 9.1 12.1 18.3 26.6 34.8 55.1 80.2 109
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 36 40 24 16 12
80 80 80 80 80 80 52 36 40 24 16 12
40 40 40 40 40 40 26 18 20 12 8 6
80 80 80 80 54 40 26 18 20 12 8 6
40 40 40 40 27 20 13 9 10 6 4 3
80 65 55 40 27 20 13 9 10 6 4 3
* Maximum brace spacing for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide brace spacing by 1.5; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2. For maximum brace spacing at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1g spacing by the desired 'g' force. Example: For a 0.74g input for 6" diameter pipe, transverse brace spacing = 10/0.74 = 13 feet. (Note: Transverse and longitudinal brace spacing shall not exceed those stated in the general notes.)
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H13 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with Lag Screws, 1997 National Design Specification Tables 9.2A & 9.3B. An increase in SCB, SSB or SSBS size may be required to accomodate the cross bolt or support rod. (Ref. Page B2) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 12ga formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channel.
(Ref. page X4)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
A4

Maximum
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL WOOD BEAM OR MEMBER LAG BOLT

Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (mm) SCB-1 3 SCB-1 3 SCB-1 3 SCB-1 3 SCB-1 3 SCB-1 3 SCB-1 3 SCB-1 3 SCB-2 5 SCB-2 5 SCB-2 5 SCB-2 5 Option 2 Lag Minimum Screws SSB/ Brace Size Quantity Dia. Embed. SSBS Req'd (mm) (mm) Size (mm) SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 13 102 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 13 102 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 13 102 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 13 102 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 13 102 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 13 102 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 13 102 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 13 102 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 16 127 SSBS 41 x 41 Strut 1 16 127 SSB-3 L51x51x6 1 16 127 SSB-3 L51x51x6 1 16 127
Pipe Dia. (mm) 25 32 38 51 64 76 102 127 152 203 254 305
4.1 5.6 6.6 9.2 13.5 18.0 27.3 39.5 51.8 82.0 119.3 162.2
15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 11.0 12.2 7.3 4.9 3.7
24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 18.3 11.0 12.2 7.3 4.9 3.7
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 7.9 5.5 6.1 3.7 2.4 1.8
24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4 16.5 12.2 7.9 5.5 6.1 3.7 2.4 1.8
12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 8.2 6.1 4.0 2.7 3.0 1.8 1.2 0.9
24.4 19.8 16.8 12.2 8.2 6.1 4.0 2.7 3.0 1.8 1.2 0.9
* Maximum brace spacing for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide brace spacing by 1.5; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2. For maximum brace spacing at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1g spacing by the desired 'g' force. Example: For a 0.74g input for 152 mm dia. pipe, transverse brace spacing = 3.0/0.74 = 4.1m. (Note: Transverse and longitudinal brace spacing shall not exceed those stated in the general notes.)
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H13 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with Lag Screws, 1997 National Design Specification Tables 9.2A & 9.3B. An increase in SCB, SSB or SSBS size may be required to accomodate the cross bolt or support rod. (Ref. Page B2) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 2.7 mm formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channel.
(Ref. page X4)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
A4m
VERTICAL ROD STIFFENER GUIDELINES
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS SEISMIC ROD CLAMPS ROD DIAMETERS: 3/8 TO 1 1/4 IN.
Max. Maximum Unbraced Rod Length (in.) Max. Braced Pipe Weight Support for Specified Seismic 'g' Loads * Rod Dia. per Foot Rod Dia. 0.25g 0.5g 1.0g Length Trans. Long. Trans. Long. Trans. Long. (in.) (lbs.) (in.) (in.) 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 2 1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 2.8 3.8 4.5 6.2 9.1 12.1 18.3 26.6 9.1 12.1 18.3 26.6 34.8 55.1 80.2 109 122 150 190 55.1 80.2 109 122 150 190 214 289 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 22 22 22 22 30 30 38 38 30 30 38 38 47 55 55 51 63 57 51 55 55 51 63 57 51 78 67 22 22 22 22 30 30 38 35 30 30 38 35 46 51 44 36 47 48 48 51 44 36 47 48 48 55 53 22 22 22 22 30 30 38 35 30 30 38 35 46 51 44 36 47 48 48 51 44 36 47 48 48 55 53 22 22 20 17 26 23 31 31 26 23 31 31 32 45 44 36 47 48 48 45 44 36 47 48 48 52 53 22 22 20 17 26 23 31 31 26 23 31 31 32 45 44 36 47 48 48 45 44 36 47 48 48 52 53 18 15 14 13 19 19 31 31 19 19 31 31 32 45 44 36 47 48 48 45 44 36 47 48 48 52 53 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 120 120 120 120 144 132 132 132 132 132 132 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
Max. SRC UC Spacing Size Size (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 22 22 22 22 31 31 39 39 31 31 39 39 48 56 56 56 65 65 65 56 56 56 65 65 65 82 82
Angle Brace Size (in.)
Strut Channel Size
1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 1 x 1 x 1/8 GAUGE 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4
* Maximum umbraced rod length for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide unbraced rod length by 1.25; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 1.5. NOTES: Rod stiffeners are only required at the seismic restraint locations. Rod stiffeners are required when the length of the rod exceeds the maximum unbraced length. A minimum of (2) rod clamps are required per support rod to attach the "Angle or Strut Channel Brace" to the support rod.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
B1

Pipe Dia. (mm) 25 32 38 51 64 76 102 127 64 76 102 127 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 610
INDIVIDUALLY SUPPORTED SYSTEMS SEISMIC ROD CLAMPS ROD DIAMETERS: 10 to 32 mm.

Angle Brace Size (mm) 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 Strut Channel Size (mm) 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5
Maximum Maximum Unbraced Rod Length (mm) Max. Braced Weight Support for Specified Seismic 'g' Loads * Rod per Meter Rod Dia. 0.25g 0.5g 1.0g Length SRC Trans. Long. Trans. Long. Trans. Long. (mm) Size (kg) (mm) 4.1 5.6 6.6 9.2 13.5 18.0 27.3 39.5 13.5 18.0 27.3 39.5 51.8 82.0 119.3 162.2 181.5 222.6 282.7 82.0 119.3 162.2 181.5 222.6 282.7 317.7 430.1 10 10 10 10 13 13 16 16 13 13 16 16 19 22 22 22 25 25 25 22 22 22 25 25 25 32 32 559 559 559 559 762 762 965 965 762 762 965 965 1194 1397 1397 1295 1600 1448 1295 1397 1397 1295 1600 1448 1295 1981 1702 559 559 559 559 762 762 965 889 762 762 965 889 1168 1295 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1295 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1397 1346 559 559 559 559 762 762 965 889 762 762 965 889 1168 1295 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1295 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1397 1346 559 559 508 432 660 584 787 787 660 584 787 787 813 1143 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1143 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1321 1346 559 559 508 432 660 584 787 787 660 584 787 787 813 1143 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1143 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1321 1346 457 381 356 330 483 483 787 787 483 483 787 787 813 1143 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1143 1118 914 1194 1219 1219 1321 1346 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 3048 3048 3048 3048 3658 3353 3353 3353 3353 3353 3353 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Max. UC Spacing Size (mm) 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 559 559 559 559 787 787 991 991 787 787 991 991 1219 1422 1422 1422 1651 1651 1651 1422 1422 1422 1651 1651 1651 2083 2083
* Maximum umbraced rod length for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide unbraced rod length by 1.25; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 1.5.
NOTES: Rod stiffeners are only required at the seismic restraint locations. Rod stiffeners are required when the length of the rod exceeds the maximum unbraced length. A minimum of (2) rod clamps are required per support rod to attach the "Angle or Strut Channel Brace" to the support rod.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
B1m
MINIMUM SIZE OF SCBH, SCB, SSB, AND SSBS

SCB selections are based on an SCBH attached to a standard support rod. An increase in SCBH may be required to accommodate a larger support rod. Minimum SCBH size for support rods are shown in the following table:
AT SCBH LOCATIONS:
Pipe Diameter in. (mm) 1 to 5 (25 to 127) 6 to 12 (152 to 305) 14 to 18 (356 to 457) Maximum Support Rod Diameter - in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 1 1/8 (29) Minimum SCBH Size for Support Rods SCBH-1 SCBH-2 SCBH-3
An SCB may be attached to the clevis cross bolt, however, an increase in SCB size may be required. SSB and SSBS selections are based on an SSB or SSBS attached to a standard clevis cross bolt. An increase in SSB or SSBS size may be required to accommodate a larger clevis cross bolt. Minimum SCB, SSB and SSBS sizes for clevis cross bolts are shown in the following table.
AT SCB/SSB/SSBS LOCATIONS:
Pipe Diameter in. (mm) 1 to 6 (25 to 152) 8 (203) 10 to 12 (254 to 305) Maximum Cross Bolt Diameter - in. (mm) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) Minimum SCB/SSB/SSBS Size for Clevis Cross Bolts SCB/SSB-1/SSBS-12 SCB/SSB-2/SSBS-20, 25 SCB/SSB-3 SCB/SSB-4
14 to 24 (356 to 610)
1 1/4 (32)
An SSB or SSBS may be attached to the support rod, however, an increase in SSB or SSBS size may be required. Minimum SSB or SSBS size for support rods are shown in the following table:
AT SSB/SSBS LOCATIONS:
Pipe Diameter in. (mm) 1 to 3 (25 to 76) 4 to 5 (102 to 127) 6 (152) 8 to 24 (203 to 610) Maximum Support Rod Diameter - in. (mm) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 1/4 (32) Minimum SSB/SSBS Size for Support Rods SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 SSB-3 SSB-4
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
B2
END OF SECTION
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE UPPER SEISMIC WASHER PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm)
1 1
LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1
SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION A AND X1 AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION A SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION A AND X1
THREADED ROD REF. PAGE B1 ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 AND X5 OR X5A CCB - CLEVIS CROSS BRACE REF. PAGE X6 PIPE HANGER
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE B1. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION A FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE SCBHs. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15. NOTE 3: INSTALL WITH HANGER BOX SNUG TO UPPER REBOUND WASHER, WITH WASHER TIGHT TO OVERHEAD SURFACE. UPPER HANGER ELEMENT DEFLECTS UNDER LOAD, LEAVING SPACE ON TOP.
APPROVED


Page
C1
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE
UPPER SEISMIC WASHER PC30N ISOLATION HANGER
1/4 IN. (6mm)
LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING
1 1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE B1 ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 AND X5 OR X5A CCB - CLEVIS CROSS BRACE REF. PAGE X6 PIPE HANGER
SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION A & X1 AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION A SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. SECTION A & X1
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE B1. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION A FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15. NOTE 3: INSTALL WITH HANGER BOX SNUG TO UPPER REBOUND WASHER, WITH WASHER TIGHT TO OVERHEAD SURFACE. UPPER HANGER ELEMENT DEFLECTS UNDER LOAD, LEAVING SPACE ON TOP.

APPROVED

Page
C2
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAX CLEARANCE
1/4 IN. (6 mm)
1 1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE B1 ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 AND X5 OR X5A PIPE CLAMP PIPE HANGER PIPE CLAMP MAY BE ROTATED TO GAIN ACCESS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
MAXIMUM 4 IN. (102 mm)
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE B1. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION A FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15. NOTE 3: INSTALL WITH HANGER BOX SNUG TO UPPER REBOUND WASHER, WITH WASHER TIGHT TO OVERHEAD SURFACE. UPPER HANGER ELEMENT DEFLECTS UNDER LOAD, LEAVING SPACE ON TOP.
APPROVED


Page
C3
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED

1 1
SRC OR UC- SEISMIC ROD CLAMPS IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE B1 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 AND X5 OR X5A
SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION A & X1 AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION A SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION A & X2
CCB - CLEVIS CROSS BRACE REF. PAGE X6 PIPE HANGER
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE B1. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION A FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE SCBHS.
Note 2: For tightening requirements of bolts, nuts and strut nuts reference H15.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
C4
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE GUIDELINES FOR CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMPS IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1
1 1
THREADED ROD REF. PAGE B1 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 AND X5 OR X5A
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE B1. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION A FOR LIMITATIONS.
Note 2: For tightening requirements of bolts, nuts and strut nuts reference H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
C5
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE GUIDELINES FOR CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMPS IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1
1 1
PIPE CLAMP PIPE HANGER PIPE CLAMP MAY BE ROTATED TO GAIN ACCESS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
MAXIMUM 4 IN. (102 mm)
NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
C6
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1
1 1
SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION A & X4 STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION A SSB - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION A & X4
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
C7
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED

1 1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE B1 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1 AND X5 OR X5A
SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION A & X4 STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL. MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION A SSB - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION A & X4

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
C8
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR CLEVIS SUPPORTED SYSTEMS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE B1
1 1
SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION A & X4 STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION A
PIPE HANGER PIPE CLAMP PIPE CLAMP MAY BE ROTATED TO GAIN ACCESS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE MAXIMUM 4 IN. (102 mm)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
C9
END OF SECTION
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS MINIMUM 3000 PSI STONE AGGREGATE CONCRETE SLAB EXPANSION ANCHORS
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (in.) Option 2 Minimum SSB/ Brace Size SSBS Size (in.) Concrete Anchors
Maximum Weight per Foot(lbs.) for Specified 'g' Loads * at Maximum Transverse Brace Spacings(ft.) ** 0.25 g 0.5 g 1.0 g 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 72 112 176 248 288 440 800 48 75 117 165 192 293 533 36 56 88 124 144 220 400 36 56 88 124 144 220 400 24 37 59 83 96 147 267 18 28 44 62 72 110 200 18 28 44 62 72 110 200 12 19 29 41 48 73 133 9 14 22 31 36 55 100
SCB-1 SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-4
1/8 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/16 1/4 3/8
SSBS SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-2 SSB-3 SSB-4
1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut L3 x 3 x 1/4 L3 x 3 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4
1 1 1 1 2 4 4
1/2 1/2 5/8 3/4 5/8 5/8 5/8
2 1/4 4 1/8 5 1/8 6 5/8 5 1/8 5 1/8 5 1/8
* Maximum weight per foot for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide weight per foot by 1.75; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2.44. Example: Reduce the maximum weight of 36 kg/m at 0.5 input for a 1.5:1 brace angle ratio as follows, 24/1.75 = 13 lbs/ft. For maximum weight per foot at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per foot by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 12 lbs/ft from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per foot = 12/0.74 = 16 lbs/ft. ** For trapeze supported systems requiring SCB/SSBS to SCB/SSB-3 and SSB-4, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = 2 times the maximum transverse spacing, not to exceed 80 feet. For trapeze supported systems requiring an SCB-4, install SCB-4s transversely and SCBH-3s longitudinally every 40 feet. For individually supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = the maximum transverse brace spacing.
Special Note:
The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H1, H2 and H3 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with an ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor, ICBO Report ER-1372/2000, Table 3, 4 and 5, embedded headed stud or J-bolt of equal embedment or approved equal. Where (2) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB or SSBS w/SLDB-2000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H2 and X9) Where (4) anchors are specified, the SCB or SSB w/SLDB-4000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H3 and X10) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 12ga formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channel.
(Ref. page X4)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
D1
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS MINIMUM 20,680 kPa STONE AGGREGATE CONCRETE SLAB EXPANSION ANCHORS
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (mm) Option 2 Minimum SSB/ Brace Size SSBS Size (mm) Concrete Anchors
Qty Req'd Dia. (mm) Embed. (mm)
Maximum Weight per Meter (kg) for Specified 'g' Loads * at Maximum Transverse Brace Spacings (m) ** 0.25 g 0.5 g 1.0 g 6 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 6 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 6 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 107 167 262 369 429 655 1191 71 111 175 246 286 437 794 54 83 131 185 214 327 595 54 83 131 185 214 327 595 36 56 87 123 143 218 397 27 42 65 92 107 164 298 27 42 65 92 107 164 298 18 28 44 62 71 109 198 13 21 33 46 54 82 149
3 3 5 6 5 6 10
SSBS SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-2 SSB-3 SSB-4
41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut L76x76x6 L76x76x6 L102x102x6 L102x102x6
1 1 1 1 2 4 4
13 13 16 19 16 16 16
57 105 130 168 130 130 130
* Maximum weight per meter for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide weight per meter by 1.75; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2.44. Example: Reduce the maximum weight of 36 kg/m at 0.5g input for a 1.5:1 brace angle ratio as follows, 36/1.75 = 20 kg/m. For maximum weight per meter at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per meter by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 18 kg/m from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per meter = 18/0.74 = 24 kg/m. ** For trapeze supported systems requiring SCB/SSBS to SCB/SSB-3 and SSB-4, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = 2 times the maximum transverse spacing, not to exceed 24.4 m. For trapeze supported systems requiring an SCB-4, install SCB-4s transversely and SCBH-3s longitudinally every 12.2 m. For individually supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = the maximum transverse brace spacing.
Special Note:
The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H1, H2 and H3 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with an ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor, ICBO Report ER-1372/2000, Table 3, 4 and 5, embedded headed stud or J-bolt of equal embedment or approved equal. Where (2) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB or SSBS w/SLDB-2000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H2 and X9) Where (4) anchors are specified, the SCB or SSB w/SLDB-4000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H3 and X10) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 2.7 mm formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channels.
(Ref. page X4)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
D1m
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS MINIMUM 3000 PSI LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE DECK EXPANSION ANCHORS
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (in.) Option 2 Minimum SSB/ Brace Size SSBS Size (in.) Concrete Anchors
Maximum Weight per Foot(lbs.) for Specified 'g' Loads * at Maximum Transverse Brace Spacings(ft.) ** 0.25 g 0.5 g 1.0 g 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 72 112 96 136 280 440 568 48 75 64 91 187 293 379 36 56 48 68 140 220 284 36 56 48 68 140 220 284 24 37 32 45 93 147 189 18 28 24 34 70 110 142 18 28 24 34 70 110 142 12 19 16 23 47 73 95 9 14 12 17 35 55 71
1/8 3/16 1/4 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8
SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-4
1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut L2 x 2 x 1/4 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4
1 1 1 2 2 4 4
1/2 5/8 3/4 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8
3 5 3 1/4 3 5 5 5
* Maximum weight per foot for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide weight per foot by 1.8; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2.4. Example: Reduce the maximum weight of 24 lbs/ft at 0.5g input for a 1.5:1 brace angle ratio as follows, 24/1.8 = 13 lbs/ft. For maximum weight per foot at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per foot by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 12 lbs/ft from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per foot = 12/0.74 = 16 lbs/ft. ** For trapeze supported systems requiring SCB/SSBS to SCB/SSB-3 and SSB-4, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = 2 times the maximum transverse spacing, not to exceed 80 feet. For trapeze supported systems requiring an SCB-4, install SCB-4s transversely and SCBH-3s longitudinally every 40 feet. For individually supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = the maximum transverse brace spacing.
Special Note:
The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H4, H5 and H6 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with an ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor, ICBO Report ER-1372/2000, Table 4, 5 and 10, embedded headed stud or J-bolt of equal embedment or approved equal. Where (2) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB or SSBS w/SLDB-2000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H5 and X9) Where (4) anchors are specified, the SCB or SSB w/SLDB-4000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H6 and X10) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 12ga formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSB brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channels.
(Ref. page X4)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
D2
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS MINIMUM 20,680 kPa LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE DECK EXPANSION ANCHORS
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (mm) Option 2 Minimum SSB Brace Size Size (mm) Concrete Anchors
Maximum Weight per Meter (kg) for Specified 'g' Loads * at Maximum Transverse Brace Spacings (m) ** 0.25 g 0.5 g 1.0 g 6.1 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 6.1 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 6.1 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 107 71 167 111 143 95 202 135 417 278 655 437 845 564 54 83 71 101 208 327 423 54 83 71 101 208 327 423 36 56 48 67 139 218 282 27 42 36 51 104 164 211 27 42 36 51 104 164 211 18 28 24 34 69 109 141 13 21 18 25 52 82 106
3 5 6 3 5 6 10
SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-4
41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut L51x51x6 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut L102x102x6 L102x102x6
1 1 1 2 2 4 4
13 16 19 13 16 16 16
76 127 83 76 127 127 127
* Maximum weight per meter for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide weight per meter by 1.8; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2.4. 36/1.8 = 20 kg/m. For maximum weight per meter at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per meter by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 21 kg/m from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per meter = 21/0.74 = 28 kg/m. ** For trapeze supported systems requiring SCB/SSB/SSBS to SCB/SSB-3 and SSB-4, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = 2 times the maximum transverse spacing, not to exceed 24.4 m. For trapeze supported systems requiring an SCB-4, install SCB-4s transversely and SCBH-3s longitudinally every 12.2 m. For individually supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = the maximum transverse brace spacing.
Special Note: The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H4, H5 and H6 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with an ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor, ICBO Report ER-1372/2000, Table 4, 5 and 10, embedded headed stud or J-bolt of equal embedment or approved equal. Where (2) anchors are specified, the SCB, SSB, or SSBS w/SLDB-2000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H5 and X9) Where (4) anchors are specified, the SCB or SSB w/SLDB-4000 is required for attachment to structure. (Ref. Page H6 and X10) All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 2.7 mm formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channels.
(Ref. page X4)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
D2m
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM OR MEMBER A307 BOLT OR 70XX WELD
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (in.) SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-4 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 Option 2 Minimum SSB/ Brace Size SSBS Size (in.) SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-4 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut L4 x 4 x 1/4 L4 x 4 x 1/4 Steel Bolt
Qty Req'd Dia. (in.)
Maximum Weight per Foot(lbs.) for Specified 'g' Loads * at Maximum Transverse Brace Spacings(ft.) ** 0.25 g 0.5 g 1.0 g 20 ft. 136 288 440 888 30 ft. 91 192 293 592 40 ft. 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 68 68 45 34 34 23 17 144 144 96 72 72 48 36 220 220 147 110 110 73 55 444 444 296 222 222 148 111
Weld
Size (in.)
1 1 1 1
1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1/4
1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16
* Maximum weight per foot for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide weight per foot by 1.5; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2. Example: Reduce the maximum weight of 45 lbs/ft at 0.5g input for a 1.5:1 brace angle ratio as follows, 45/1.5 = 30 lbs/ft. For maximum weight per foot at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per foot by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 17 lbs/ft from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per foot = 17/0.74 = 22 lbs/ft. ** For trapeze supported systems requiring SCB/SSBSto SCB/SSB-3 and SSB-4, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = 2 times the maximum transverse spacing, not to exceed 80 feet. For trapeze supported systems requiring an SCB-4, install SCB-4s transversely and SCBH-3s longitudinally every 40 feet. For individually supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = the maximum transverse brace spacing.
Special Note:
The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H7 to H12 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with a Standard ASTM A307 Quality Bolts or E70xx Electrode Welds. All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 12ga formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga srtut channels.
(Ref. page X4)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
D3
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM OR MEMBER A307 BOLT OR 70XX WELD
Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (mm) SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-4 3 5 6 10 Option 2 Minimum Brace Size Size (mm) 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut L102x102x6 L102x102x6 Steel Bolt
Quantity Req'd Dia. (mm)
Maximum Weight per Meter (kg) for Specified 'g' Loads * at Maximum Transverse Brace Spacings (m) ** 0.25 g 0.5 g 1.0 g 6.1 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 6.1 m 202 135 101 101 429 286 214 214 655 437 327 327 1321 881 661 661 9.1 m 12.2 m 6.1 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 67 51 51 34 25 143 107 107 71 54 218 164 164 109 82 440 330 330 220 165
SSB/ SSBS
Weld
Size (mm)
SSBS SSBS SSB-3 SSB-4
1 1 1 1
13 16 19 32
3 3 5 5
* Maximum weight per meter for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide weight per meter by 1.5; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2. Example: Reduce the maximum weight of 67 kg/m at 0.5g input for a 1.5:1 brace angle ratio as follows, 67/1.5 = 44 kg/m. For maximum weight per meter at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per meter by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 54 kg/m from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per meter = 54/0.74 = 72 kg/m. ** For trapeze supported systems requiring SCB/SSBS to SCB/SSB-3 and SSB-4, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = 2 times the maximum transverse spacing, not to exceed 24.4 m. For trapeze supported systems requiring an SCB-4, install SCB-4s transversely and SCBH-3s longitudinally every 12.2 m. For individually supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = the maximum transverse brace spacing.
Special Note:
The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Pages H7 to H12 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with a Standard ASTM A307 Quality Bolts or E70xx Electrode Welds. All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 2.7 mm formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSB brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channels.
(Ref. page X4)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
D3m
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL WOOD BEAM OR MEMBER LAG BOLT

Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (in.) SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-3 1/8 3/16 1/4 Option 2 Minimum Brace Size (in.) Lag Screw
Maximum Weight per Foot(lbs.) for Specified 'g' Loads * at Maximum Transverse Brace Spacings(ft.) ** 0.25 g 0.5 g 1.0 g 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft. 20 ft. 30 ft. 40 ft.
48 72 96 32 48 64 24 36 48 24 36 48 16 24 32 12 18 24 12 18 24 8 12 16 6 9 12
SSB/ SSBS Size
SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Srut SSBS 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut SSB-3 L4 x 4 x 1/4
1 1 1
1/2 5/8 3/4
4 5 6
* Maximum weight per foot for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide weight per foot by 1.5; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2. Example: Reduce the maximum weight of 16 lbs/ft at 0.5g input for a 1.5:1 brace angle ratio as follows, 16/1.5 = 10 lbs/ft. For maximum weight per foot at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per foot by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 12 lbs/ft from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per foot = 12/0.74 = 16 lbs/ft. ** For trapeze supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing is 2 times the transverse brace spacing not to exceed 80 feet. For individually supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = the maximum transverse brace spacing.
Special Note:
The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Page H13 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with Lag Screws, 1991 National Design Specification Tables 9.2A & 9.3B. All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 12ga formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga srtut channel. (Ref. page X4)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
D4
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS STRUCTURAL WOOD BEAM OR MEMBER LAG BOLT

Option 1 Cable SCB Dia. Size (mm) SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-3 3 5 6 Option 2 Minimum SSB/ Brace Size SSBS Size (mm) SSBS SSBS SSB-3 41 x 41 Strut 41 x 41 Strut L102x102x6 Lag Screw
Maximum Weight per Meter (kg) for Specified 'g' Loads * at Maximum Transverse Brace Spacings (m) ** 0.25 g 0.5 g 1.0 g 6.1 m 9.1 m12. 2 m 6.1 m 9.1 m 12.2 m 6.1 m9.1 m 12.2 m
71 107 143 48 71 95 36 54 71 36 54 71 24 36 48 18 27 36 18 27 36 12 18 24 9 13 18
1 1 1
13 16 19
102 127 152
* Maximum weight per meter for up to 1:1 brace angle from horizontal. For up to 1.5:1 brace angle from horizontal, divide weight per meter by 1.5; for 2:1 brace angle, divide by 2. Example: Reduce the maximum weight of 24 kg/m at 0.5g input for a 1.5:1 brace angle ratio as follows, 24/1.5 = 16 kg/m. For maximum weight per meter at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per meter by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 18 kg/m from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per meter = 18/0.74 = 24 kg/m. ** For trapeze supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing is 2 times the transverse brace spacing not to exceed 24.4 m. For individually supported systems, the maximum longitudinal brace spacing = the maximum transverse brace spacing.
Special Note:
The Structural Engineer of Record shall verify the seismic loads applied by the SCB/SSB/SSBS to the structure are acceptable. Refer to Page H13 for the maximum seismic loads.
NOTES: Anchorage is based on attachment with Lag Screws, 1991 National Design Specification Tables 9.2A & 9.3B. All SSB brace members tabulated are steel angle. Factory 2.7 mm formed channel strut may be used in lieu of steel angle. All SSBS brace members tabulated are 12ga strut channels. (Ref. page X4)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
D4m
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS SEISMIC ROD CLAMPS ROD DIAMETERS: 1/2 TO 1 1/4 IN.
SCB or SSB Size 0
Support Rod Dia. (in.) 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4
Maximum Unbraced
Rod Length
(in.)
Maximum Braced Rod Length (in.) 96 96 120 96 120 96 144 132 144 144 132 144 144 144 144 144 144 Max. SRC Size 1 1 1 1/2 1 1 1/2 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 UC Size 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Spacing (in.) 22 31 31 39 39 39 48 56 56 48 56 56 65 73 65 73 82 Angle Brace Size (in.) 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 1 x 1 x 1/8 GAUGE 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 GAUGE 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4
Strut Channel Size
13 19 19 31 31 21 32 44 44 26 36 36 47 59 33 42 54
NOTES: Rod stiffeners are only required at the seismic restraint locations. Rod stiffeners are required when the length of the rod exceeds the maximum unbraced length.
A minimum of (2) rod clamps are required per support rod to attach the "Angle or Strut Channel Brace" to the support rod.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
E1
SCB or SSB Size 0
Support Rod Dia. (mm) 10 13 13 16 16 16 19 22 22 19 22 22 25 29 25 29 32
Maximum Unbraced
Rod Length (mm) 330 483 483 787 787 533 813 1118 1118 660 914 914 1194 1499 838 1067 1372
Maximum Braced Rod Length (mm) 2438 2438 3048 2438 3048 2438 3658 3353 3658 3658 3353 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 Max. SRC Size 1 1 1 1/2 1 1 1/2 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 UC Size 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Spacing (mm) 5588 787 787 991 991 991 1219 1422 1422 1219 1422 1422 1651 1854 1651 1854 2083 Angle Brace Size (mm)
Strut Channel Size (mm)
25 x 25 x 3 41 x 41 x 2.5 25 x 25 x 3 38 x 38 x 6 25 x 25 x 3 38 x 38 x 6 25 x 25 x 3 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x38 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5
41 x 41 x 2.5
NOTES:
Rod stiffeners are only required at the seismic restraint locations. Rod stiffeners are required when the length of the rod exceeds the maximum unbraced length. A minimum of (2) rod clamps are required per support rod to attach the "Angle or Strut Channel Brace" to the support rod.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
E1m

Support Rod Dia. (in.) 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 1/4
INDIV./TRAPEZE SUPPORTED SYSTEMS SEISMIC ROD CLAMPS ROD DIAMETERS: 3/8 TO 1 1/4 IN.
Maximum
Maximum Weight per Foot(lbs.) at Specified 'g' Loads * 1.0 g 0.25 g 0.5 g 20 40 40 124 60 144 80 120 80 132 100 248 160 460 200 500 160 440 200 500 240 500 300 500 10 20 20 62 30 72 40 60 40 66 50 124 80 230 100 250 80 220 100 250 120 250 150 250 5 10 10 31 15 36 20 30 20 33 25 62 40 115 50 125 40 110 50 125 60 125 75 125
Maximum SRC Size 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 UC Size 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 Max. Spacing (in.) 22 22 31 31 39 39 31 31 39 39 48 48 56 56 65 65 56 56 65 65 73 73 82 82 Angle Brace Size (in.) 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 x 1 x 1/8 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 1/4 Strut Channel Size
Braced Unbraced Rod Length ** Rod Length (in.) (in.) 19 13 25 14 33 21 18 14 29 22 38 24 42 25 50 31 42 25 50 31 57 39 65 51 96 96 96 96 96 96 120 120 120 120 144 144 132 132 132 132 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 GAUGE
* Based on 40 foot brace spacing. For 20 and 30 foot brace spacing, multiply the weight per foot by 2 and 1.33, respectively. For maximum weight per foot at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per foot by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 10 lbs/ft from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per foot = 10/0.74 = 13 lbs/ft. ** For maximum unbraced rod length at a maximum weight per foot other than those listed, interpolate between maximum unbraced rod lengths of equal diameter. Example: Consider maximum weights per foot of 75 and 125 with respective maximum unbraced rod lengths of 65 and 51. For 100 lbs/ft, the maximum unbraced rod length = 58 in.
NOTES:
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
E2

Support Rod Dia. (mm) 10 10 13 13 16 16 13 13 16 16 19 19 22 22 25 25 22 22 25 25 29 29 32 32

Maximum Unbraced Rod Length ** (mm)
Maximum Weight per Meter (kg) at Specified 'g' Loads * 1.0 g 0.25 g 0.5 g 29 59 59 184 89 214 119 178 119 196 148 369 238 684 297 744 238 654 297 744 357 744 446 744 14 29 29 92 44 107 59 89 59 98 74 184 119 342 148 372 119 327 148 372 178 372 223 372 7 14 14 46 22 53 29 44 29 49 37 92 59 171 74 186 59 163 74 186 89 186 111 186
483 330 635 356 838 533 457 356 737 559 965 610 1067 635 1270 787 1067 635 1270 787 1448 991 1651 1295
Max. Braced Rod Length (mm) 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 2438 3048 3048 3048 3048 3658 3658 3353 3353 3353 3353 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658 3658
SRC Size 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
UC Size 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
Max. Spacing (mm) 559 559 787 787 991 991 787 787 991 991 1219 1219 1422 1422 1651 1651 1422 1422 1651 1651 1854 1854 2083 2083
Angle Brace Size (mm) 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 25 x 25 x 3 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 38 x 38x 6 38x 38 x 6 38 x 38 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6 51 x 51 x 6
Strut Channel Size (mm) 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5 41 x 41 x 2.5
* Based on 12.2 meter brace spacing. For 6.1 and 9.1 meter brace spacing, multiply the weight per meter by 2 and 1.33, resp. For maximum weight per meter at 'g' forces other than those listed, divide the 1.0g weight per meter by the desired 'g' force. Example: Consider a 0.74g input, for a maximum weight of 14 kg/m from the 1.0g chart above, the adjusted weight per meter = 14/0.74 = 18 kg/m. ** For maximum unbraced rod length at a maximum weight per meter other than those listed, interpolate between maximum unbraced rod lengths of equal diameter. Example: Consider maximum weights per meter of 111 and 186 with respective maximum unbraced rod lengths of 1651 and 1295. For 148.5 kg/m, the maximum unbraced rod length = 1473 mm.
NOTES:

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
E2m
TRAPEZE SUPPORT GUIDELINES

Trapeze Span (in) Trapeze Steel A Double A B C D A Double A B D E A Double A B Double B E A Double A B Double B E A Double A B Double B F Maximum Uniform load (lbs) 3380 9530 10415 1700 3250 1690 4765 5205 1600 3800 1120 3175 3470 10620 2550 845 2380 2600 7965 1900 675 1905 2080 6370 2800 Vertical Deflection at load (in) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.13 0.07 0.07 0.04 0.04 0.23 0.13 0.12 0.06 0.08 0.35 0.20 0.19 0.10 0.09 Trapeze Span (in) Trapeze Steel A Double A B Double B F A Double A B Double B G A Double A B Double B H A Double A B Double B J A Double A B Double B K Maximum Uniform load (lbs) 560 1585 1735 5310 2300 480 1360 1485 4550 2700 420 1190 1300 3980 5000 375 1055 1155 3540 7500 335 950 1040 3185 10000 Vertical Deflection at load (in) 0.50 0.29 0.27 0.14 0.13 0.69 0.39 0.36 0.20 0.22 0.90 0.51 0.47 0.26 0.26 1.14 0.64 0.60 0.32 0.28 1.40 0.80 0.74 0.40 0.30
12
72
24
84
36
96
48
108
60
120
Notes:
1. When loads are concentrated near midspan, allowable loads shall be multiplied by 0.5 and deflections by 0.8. 2. Calculations based on section properties tabulated below.
TRAPEZE STEEL DESCRIPTION

Trapeze Steel A Double A B Double B C D E F G H J K Steel Description 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 Strut 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 Strut 1-5/8 x 3-1/4 Strut 1-5/8 x 3-1/4 Strut 2 x 2 x 1/8 Angle 2 x 2 x 1/4 Angle 3 x 3 x 1/4 Angle 4 x 4 x 1/4 Angle Double C3 x 4.1 Double C4 x 5.4 Double C5 x 6.7 Double C6 x 8.2 Weight (lbs/ft) 1.90 3.80 3.05 6.10 1.65 3.19 4.90 6.60 8.20 10.80 13.40 16.40 Area (in 2) 0.555 1.110 0.896 1.792 0.484 0.938 1.440 1.940 2.420 3.180 3.940 4.800 Ixx (in 4) 0.186 0.930 1.094 6.215 0.190 0.348 1.240 3.040 3.320 7.700 14.980 26.200 Sxx (in 3) 0.203 0.572 0.625 1.912 0.131 0.247 0.577 1.050 2.200 3.860 6.000 8.760 rx (in) 0.579 0.915 1.105 1.862 0.626 0.609 0.930 1.250 1.170 1.560 1.950 2.340 Iyy (in 4) 0.239 0.478 0.436 0.872 0.190 0.348 1.240 3.040 0.394 0.638 0.958 1.386 Syy (in 3) 0.294 0.588 0.537 1.074 0.131 0.247 0.577 1.050 0.404 0.566 0.756 0.984 ry (in) 0.655 0.656 0.697 0.697 0.626 0.609 0.930 1.250
Notes:
1. Strut elements have 12 gage thickness. 2. Structural steel angles and channels are A36 steel. 3. "Double A" or "Double B" refers to a factory supplied back to back strut "A" or "B" 4. Trapeze styles "G" to "K" are back to back steel channels welded together top and bottom with plates at the support rods.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
E3
TRAPEZE SUPPORT GUIDELINES

Trapeze Span (mm) Trapeze Steel A Double A B C D A Double A B D E A Double A B Double B E A Double A B Double B E A Double A B Double B F Maximum Uniform load (kg) 1533.1 4322.7 4724.2 771.1 1474.2 766.6 2161.4 2360.9 725.7 1723.6 508.0 1440.2 1574.0 4817.1 1156.7 383.3 1079.5 1179.3 3612.9 861.8 306.2 864.1 943.5 2889.4 1270.1 Vertical Deflection at load (mm) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 1.52 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.51 3.30 1.78 1.78 1.02 1.02 5.84 3.30 3.05 1.52 2.03 8.89 5.08 4.83 2.54 2.29 Trapeze Span (mm) Trapeze Steel A Double A B Double B F A Double A B Double B G A Double A B Double B H A Double A B Double B J A Double A B Double B K Maximum Uniform load (kg) 254.0 718.9 787.0 2408.6 1043.3 217.7 616.9 673.6 2063.8 1224.7 190.5 539.8 589.7 1805.3 2268.0 170.1 478.5 523.9 1605.7 3401.9 152.0 430.9 471.7 1444.7 4535.9 Vertical Deflection at load (mm) 12.70 7.37 6.86 3.56 3.30 17.53 9.91 9.14 5.08 5.59 22.86 12.95 11.94 6.60 6.60 28.96 16.26 15.24 8.13 7.11 35.56 20.32 18.80 10.16 7.62
305
1829
610
2134
914
2438
1219
2743
1524
3048
Notes:
1. When loads are concentrated near midspan, allowable loads shall be multiplied by 0.5 and deflections by 0.8. 2. Calculations based on section properties tabulated below.
TRAPEZE STEEL DESCRIPTION

Trapeze Steel A Double A B Double B C D E F G H J K Steel Description (mm) 41x41x2.7 Strut 41x41x2.7 Strut 41x83x2.7 Strut 41x83x2.7 Strut 51x51x3 Angle 51x51x6 Angle 51x51x6 Angle 102x102x6 Angle Double C76 x 6.1 Double C102 x 8.0 Double C127 x 10.0 Double C152 x 12.2 Weight (kg/m) 2.8 5.7 4.5 9.1 2.5 4.7 7.3 9.8 12.2 16.1 19.9 24.4 Area (cm2) 3.6 7.2 5.8 11.6 3.1 6.1 9.3 12.5 15.6 20.5 25.4 31.0 Ixx (cm4) 7.7 38.7 45.5 258.7 7.9 14.5 51.6
126.5
Sxx (cm3) 3.3 9.4 10.2 31.3 2.1 4.0 9.5 17.2 36.1 63.3 98.3 143.6
rx (cm) 1.5 2.3 2.8 4.7 1.6 1.5 2.4 3.2 3.0 4.0 5.0 5.9
Iyy (cm4) 9.9 19.9 18.1 36.3 7.9 14.5 51.6 126.5 16.4 26.6 39.9 57.7
Syy (cm3) 4.8 9.6 8.8 17.6 2.1 4.0 9.5 17.2 6.6 9.3 12.4 16.1
ry (cm) 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.5 2.4 3.2
138.2 320.5 623.5 1090.5
Notes:
1. Strut elements have 2.7 mm thickness. 2. Structural steel angles and channels are A36 steel. 3. "Double A" or "Double B" refers to a factory supplied back to back strut "A" or "B" 4. Trapeze styles "G" to "K" are back to back steel channels welded together top and bottom with plates at the support rods.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
E3m
UPPER SUPPORT MEMBER GUIDELINES FOR RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
Upper support member selection at all directional and longitudinal brace locations is based on top brace extension E as shown on page H14. Upper support member extension at transverse brace locations is not restricted. The following table defines upper support member sizes for maximum extension E of 6 or 12 in.
E = 6 in. Maximum Member Size(in.) Size SCBH/SSBS SCBH/SSBS SCBH/SSB-3 Steel Angle 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 12ga 3 x 3 x 12 ga 4 x 4 x 12ga 12 ga Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Double 1 5/8 x 1 5/8
E = 12 in. Maximum Member Size(in.) Size SCBH/SSBS SCBH/SSBS SCBH/SSB-3 Steel Angle 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 3/16 3 x 3 x 3/16 4 x 4 x 1/4 12 ga Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Double 1 5/8 x 1 5/8
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
E4
UPPER SUPPORT MEMBER GUIDELINES FOR RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
Upper support member selection at all directional and longitudinal brace locations is based on top brace extension E as shown on page H14. Upper support member extension at transverse brace locations is not restricted. The following table defines upper support member sizes for maximum extension E of 152 or 305 mm.
E = 152 mm. Maximum Member Size(mm) Size SCBH/SSBS SCBH/SSBS SCBH/SSB-3 Steel Angle 64 x 64 x 2.7 76 x 76 x 2.7 102 x 102 x 2.7 Strut 41 x 41 x 2.7 41 x 41 x 2.7 Double 41 x 41 x 2.7
E = 305 mm. Maximum Member Size (mm) Size SCBH/SSBS SCBH/SSBS SCBH/SSB-3 Steel Angle 64 x 64 x 5 76 x 76 x 5 102 x 102 x 6 Strut 41 x 41 x 2.7 Double 41 x 41 x 2.7

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
E4m
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6 mm)
SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X1
1 1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A PIPE CLAMP OR U-BOLT TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
SCBH ONLY SHOWN IN TRANSVERSE DIRECTION FOR CLARITY. ADDITIONAL SCBHs ARE REQUIRED AS SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW BELOW.
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK OR SCB-4 AT TRANSVERSE LOCATION WHEN REQUIRED REF. SECTION D AND X1 OR X2 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE B1. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION A FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE SCBHs. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15. NOTE 3: INSTALL WITH HANGER BOX SNUG TO UPPER REBOUND WASHER, WITH WASHER TIGHT TO OVERHEAD SURFACE. UPPER HANGER ELEMENT DEFLECTS UNDER LOAD, LEAVING SPACE ON TOP.
APPROVED


Page
F1
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE UPPER SEISMIC WASHER PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm) LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING
1 1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A PIPE CLAMP OR U-BOLT TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK OR SCB-4 AT TRANSVERSE LOCATION WHEN REQUIRED REF. SECTION D AND X1 OR X2

APPROVED

Page
F2
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6 mm)

1
LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC- SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2 PIPE CLAMP OR U-BOLT
APPROVED


Page
F3
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1

1
ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
SCBH ONLY SHOWN IN TRANSVERSE DIRECTION FOR CLARITY. ADDITIONAL SCBHs ARE REQUIRED AS SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW BELOW.
PIPE CLAMP OR U-BOLT TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK OR SCB-4 AT TRANSVERSE LOCATION WHEN REQUIRED REF. SECTION D AND X2 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF SCBHS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F4
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC- SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1

1
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D
SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK OR SCB-4 AT TRANSVERSE LOCATION WHEN REQUIRED REF. SECTION D AND X2 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF SCBHS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F5
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED 1 SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X1 1 SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2 PIPE CLAMP OR U-BOLT
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF SCBHS.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F6
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 1 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4 1
A307 BOLT REF. CHART BELOW
E (min) PIPE CLAMP OR U-BOLT TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4
E BOLT DIA. SSB/SSBS IN. (mm) IN. (mm) SIZE SSBS-12 2 (51) 1/2 (13) SSBS-20, 25 2 1/2 (64) 5/8 (16) SSB 3 (76) 3/4 (19) SSB 4 1/2 (114) 1 1/4 (32)
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION A FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F7
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1
SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4 1
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D SSB/SSBS- SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F8
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED PIPE/CONDUIT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
1
SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4
THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4 PIPE CLAMP OR U-BOLT
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F9
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6mm) SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D

1 1 SCBH ONLY SHOWN IN TRANSVERSE DIRECTION FOR CLARITY. ADDITIONAL SCBHs ARE REQUIRED AS SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW BELOW.
LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 DUCT ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
ADDITIONAL UPPER SUPPORT REF. PAGE E4 REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14
1 IN. (25 mm) No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
SCBH OPTIONAL ATTACHMENT DETAIL
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2

APPROVED

Page
F10
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
PC30N ISOLATION HANGER

1/4 IN. (6 mm)
VERTICAL LIMIT STOP AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING
1 1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 DUCT ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
ADDITIONAL UPPER SUPPORT REF. PAGE E4 REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14 SCBH OPTIONAL ATTACHMENT DETAIL AND X2 1 IN. (25 mm)
No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF SCBHS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F11
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6 mm)
1 1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
ADDITIONAL UPPER SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3 DUCT REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14
ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. TOP AND BOTTOM AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2 1 IN. (25 mm)

APPROVED

Page
F12
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1 SCBH ONLY SHOWN IN TRANSVERSE DIRECTION FOR CLARITY. ADDITIONAL SCBHs ARE REQUIRED AS SHOWN IN PLAN VIEW BELOW.
ADDITIONAL UPPER SUPPORT REF. PAGE E4 REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14
DUCT
1 IN. (25 mm) SCBH OPTIONAL ATTACHMENT DETAIL
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF SCBHS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F13
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
1 1
THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
ADDITIONAL UPPER SUPPORT REF. PAGE E4 REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14 SCBH OPTIONAL ATTACHMENT DETAIL DUCT
1 IN. (25 mm)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F14
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT

SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC- SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X1
1 1
THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
ADDITIONAL UPPER SUPPORT REF. PAGE E4 DUCT REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14 TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. TOP AND BOTTOM AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2 1 IN. (25 mm)
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF SCBHS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F15
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1
ADDITIONAL TOP BRACE REF. PAGE E3 REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14 A307 BOLT REF. CHART BELOW E (min) DUCT
1 IN. (25mm)
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D E SSB/SSBS IN. (mm) SIZE 2 (51) SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 2 1/2 (64) 3 (76) SSB-3 4 1/2 (114) SSB-4 BOLT DIA. IN. (mm) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 1/4 (32)
SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F16
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1

1
ADDITIONAL UPPER SUPPORT REF. PAGE E4 REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14 DUCT
1 IN. (25 mm)
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F17
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR RECTANGULAR/OVAL DUCT

SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4
1 1
ADDITIONAL UPPER SUPPORT REF. PAGE E4 REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14 DUCT
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D
No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. TOP AND BOTTOM
1 IN. (25 mm)
SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F18
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED ROUND DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE UPPER SEISMIC WASHER PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm) SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X1
1 1
LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
DUCT 1 IN. (25mm)
THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. (2) SHEET METAL STRAPS 2 1/2 IN. X 12 GAGE (64 mm X 2.7 mm)
REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14
APPROVED


Page
F19
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED ROUND DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
UPPER SEISMIC WASHER PC30N ISOLATION HANGER LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING
1
1/4 IN. (6 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE 1/4 IN. (6 mm) SCB ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X1
1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2

DUCT 1 IN. (25 mm)
THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. (2) SHEET METAL STRAPS 2 1/2 IN. X 12 GAGE (64 mm X 2.7 mm)

APPROVED

Page
F20
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR SPRING-ISOLATED ROUND DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
1/4 IN.(6MM)
1 1
LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
ROD STIFFENER
IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2

AND X5 OR X5A
(2) SHEET METAL STRAPS 2 1/2 IN. X 12 GAGE (64 mm X 2.7 mm)
No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. TOP AND BOTTOM AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2
APPROVED


Page
F21
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR ROUND DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 1 1 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
DUCT 1 IN. (25 mm) REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14
No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. (2) SHEET METAL STRAPS 2 1/2 IN. X 12 GAGE (64 mm X 2.7 mm)
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. REFER TO PAGE X2 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF SCBHS.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F22
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR ROUND DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 1 1 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F23
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR ROUND DUCT

SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING
1
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A (2) SHEET METAL STRAPS 2 1/2 IN. X 12 GAGE (64 mm X 2.7 mm)
No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. TOP AND BOTTOM AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F24
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR ROUND DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1 1
SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F25
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR ROUND DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1 1
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F26
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR ROUND DUCT
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 1 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A (2) SHEET METAL STRAPS 2 1/2 IN. X 12 GAGE (64 mm X 2.7 mm) REQUIRED CLEARANCES REF. PAGE H14
1 SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4
No. 10 SELF-TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS MAXIMUM 12 IN. (305 mm) O.C. TOP AND BOTTOM
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F27
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAYS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 1 1 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F28
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAYS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 1 1 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 AND X5 OR X5A
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F29
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAYS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
AIRCRAFT CABLE REF. SECTION D SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE HOOK REF. SECTION D AND X2 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F30
ALL-DIRECTIONAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAYS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4
1 1
A307 BOLT REF. CHART BELOW
E (min) ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY TRAPEZE SUPPORT REF. PAGE E3
SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS. NOTE 2: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
E SSB/SSBS IN. (mm) SIZE 2 (51) SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 2 1/2 (64) 3 (76) SSB-3 4 1/2 (114) SSB-4
BOLT DIA. IN. (mm) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 1/4 (32)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F31
TRANSVERSE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAYS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2 SSB/SSBS ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION D AND X4 THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1 1
SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4 NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
F32
LONGITUDINAL SEISMIC SOLID BRACE GUIDELINES FOR TRAPEZE SUPPORTED ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAYS
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
SUPPORT ANCHORAGE REF. SECTION K ROD COUPLING IF REQUIRED SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
1 1
THREADED ROD REF. PAGE E1 OR E2
STEEL BRACE OR STRUT CHANNEL MAXIMUM 9'-6" (2.9 m) REF. SECTION D SSB/SSBS SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. SECTION D AND X4 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY
NOTE 1: A ROD STIFFENER ANGLE MAY BE REQUIRED AS SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, REF. PAGE E1 OR E2. BRACE ANGLE RATIO MAY BE INCREASED TO 2(VERT.) : 1(HORIZ.). REFER TO SECTION D FOR LIMITATIONS.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
F33
END OF SECTION
ROD STIFFENER GUIDELINES FOR THE SRC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP

SRC INSTALLATION
1/4 in. (6 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE
E (See Notes)
1/4 in. (6 mm) Max. MAXIMUM SRC SPACING
1 in. (25 mm) Min.
E (See Notes)
MAXIMUM SRC SPACING
1 in. (25 mm) Min. MAXIMUM STIFFENER ROD LENGTH
MAXIMUM UNBRACED ROD LENGTH
MAXIMUM STIFFENER LENGTH
MAXIMUM SRC SPACING
1 in. (25 mm) Min.
MAXIMUM SRC SPACING 1 in. (25 mm) Min.
E (See Notes)
E (See Notes)
RODS WITH SPRING HANGERS
RODS SOLID TO STRUCTURE
E = 3 in. (76 mm) maximum for 1/4 (6 mm) to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter rods, and E = 6 in. (152 mm) maximum for 5/8 (16 mm) to 1 1/4 in. (32 mm) diameter rods. A minimum of (2) SRC Seismic Rod Clamps per stiffener angle are required. Ref. Pages B1, E1, or E2 for Maximum Unbraced Rod Length, Maximum SRC Spacing and Maximum Stiffener Length. INSTALL WITH HANGER BOX SNUG TO UPPER REBOUND WASHER, WITH WASHER TIGHT TO OVERHEAD SURFACE. UPPER HANGER ELEMENT DEFLECTS UNDER LOAD, LEAVING SPACE ON TOP.
APPROVED


Page
G1
ROD STIFFENER GUIDELINES FOR THE UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP
UC INSTALLATION
1/4 in. (6 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE
E (See Notes)
1/4 in. (6 mm) Max. MAXIMUM UC SPACING
1 in. (25 mm) Min.
E (See Notes)
MAXIMUM UC SPACING
1 in. (25 mm) Min. MAXIMUM STRUT ROD LENGTH
MAXIMUM STRUT LENGTH
MAXIMUM UC SPACING
1 in. (25 mm) Min.
MAXIMUM UC SPACING 1 in. (25 mm) Min.
E (See Notes)
E (See Notes)
RODS WITH SPRING HANGERS
RODS SOLID TO STRUCTURE
E = 3 in. (76 mm) maximum for 1/4 (6 mm) to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter rods, and E = 6 in. (152 mm) maximum for 5/8 (16 mm) to 1 1/4 in. (32 mm) diameter rods. A minimum of (2) UC Seismic Rod Clamps per stiffener angle are required. Ref. Pages B1, E1, or E2 for Maximum Unbraced Rod Length, Maximum UC Spacing and Maximum Stiffener Length. INSTALL WITH HANGER BOX SNUG TO UPPER REBOUND WASHER, WITH WASHER TIGHT TO OVERHEAD SURFACE. UPPER HANGER ELEMENT DEFLECTS UNDER LOAD, LEAVING SPACE ON TOP.

APPROVED

Page
G2
SCB, SSB OR SSBS ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE SLAB WITH (1) EXPANSION ANCHOR
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
CONCRETE SLAB EXPANSION ANCHOR REF. PAGE X7 SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4
MAXIMUM EXPANSION ANCHOR LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 2:1 BRACE ANGLE SCB SIZE 1 2 3 SSB/SSBS SIZE SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 SSB-3 TENSION lbs (kN) 810 (3.6) 1185 (5.3) 1730 (7.7) SHEAR lbs (kN) 560 (2.5) 880 (3.9) 1240 (5.5)
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
OPTIONAL HEADED STUD
OPTIONAL J-BOLT
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
H1
SCB OR SSBS ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE SLAB WITH (2) EXPANSION ANCHORS
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
EXPANSION ANCHOR REF. PAGE X7 SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4 MAXIMUM SLDB-2000 LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 2:1 BRACE ANGLE
SCB SIZE 2 SSBS SIZE 20, 25 TENSION lbs (kN) 1680 (7.5) SHEAR lbs (kN) 1440 (6.4)
CONCRETE SLAB SLDB-2000, (2) BOLTS REF. PAGE X8
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
OPTIONAL J-BOLT
NOTE: SCB AND SSBS SEISMIC BRACES MUST BE ALIGNED WITH LONG AXIS OF THE SLDB-2000 AS SHOWN ABOVE.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
H2
SCB OR SSB ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE SLAB WITH (4) EXPANSION ANCHORS
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4
MAXIMUM SLDB-4000 LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 2:1 BRACE ANGLE SCB/SSB SIZE 3 4 TENSION lbs (kN) 2805 (12.5) 4000 (17.8) SHEAR lbs (kN) 2200 (9.8) 4000 (17.8)
EXPANSION ANCHOR REF. PAGE X7 CONCRETE SLAB SLDB-4000, (4) BOLTS REF. PAGE X9
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL HEADED STUD J-BOLT NOTE: SCB AND SSB SEISMIC BRACES MAY BE ROTATED IN PLAN VIEW TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
H3
SCB, SSB, OR SSBS ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE DECK WITH (1) EXPANSION ANCHOR
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
CONCRETE DECK EXPANSION ANCHOR REF. PAGE X7 SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4
MAXIMUM EXPANSION ANCHOR LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 2:1 BRACE ANGLE SCB SIZE 1 2 3 SSB/SSBS SIZE SSBS-12 TENSION lbs (kN) 540 (2.4) SHEAR lbs (kN) 360 (1.6) 560 (2.5) 480 (2.2)
SSBS-20, 25 790 (3.5) SSB 665 (3.0)
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
OPTIONAL J-BOLT
NOTE: SCB, SSB AND SSBS SEISMIC BRACES MAY BE ROTATED IN PLAN VIEW TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
H4
SCB OR SSBS ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE DECK WITH (2) EXPANSION ANCHORS
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
EXPANSION ANCHOR REF. PAGE X7 CONCRETE DECK SLDB-2000, (2) BOLTS REF. PAGE X8 SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4
MAXIMUM SLDB-2000 LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 2:1 BRACE ANGLE SCB SSB/SSBS TENSION SIZE 1 2 SIZE 12 20, 25 lbs (kN) 800 (3.6) 1520 (6.8) SHEAR lbs (kN) 680 (3.0) 1400 (6.3)
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
OPTIONAL J-BOLT
NOTE: SCB AND SSBS SEISMIC BRACES MUST BE ALIGNED WITH LONG AXIS OF THE SLDB-2000 AS SHOWN ABOVE.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
H5
SCB OR SSB ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE DECK WITH (4) EXPANSION ANCHORS
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
EXPANSION ANCHOR REF. PAGE X7 CONCRETE DECK SLDB-4000, (4) BOLTS REF. PAGE X9 SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4
MAXIMUM SLDB-4000 LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 2:1 BRACE ANGLE SCB/SSB SIZE 3 4 TENSION lbs (kN) 2800 (12.5) 3120 (13.9) SHEAR lbs (kN)
2200 (9.8)
2840 (12.7)
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL HEADED STUD J-BOLT NOTE: SCB AND SSB SEISMIC BRACES MAY BE ROTATED IN PLAN VIEW TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
H6
SCB OR SSB BOLTED ATTACHMENT TO A STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM
STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM THREADED BOLT AND NUT SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4
MAXIMUM ANCHOR BOLT LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 1:1 BRACE ANGLE

SCB SIZE 1 2 3 4 SSB/SSBS SIZE SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 SSB-3 SSB-4 TENSION* lbs (kN) 935 (4.2) SHEAR lbs (kN) 680 (3.0)
1835 (8.2) 1440 (6.4) 2910 (13.0) 2200 (9.8) 6830 (30.4) 4625 (20.6)
*FOR UP TO 1.5:1 OR 2:1 BRACE ANGLE, MULTIPLY BY 1.4 OR 1.6 RESPECTIVELY.
NOTE 1: THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD MUST CHECK THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR THE THE SEISMIC LOADS FROM THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
H7
SCB OR SSB/SSBS BOLTED ATTACHMENT TO A GUSSET PLATE OF A STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM
STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM 70XX ELECTRODE WELD SEE BELOW THREADED BOLT AND NUT GUSSET PLATE ATTACHMENT IN-LINE WITH SEISMIC BRACE SEE BELOW SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4
SEE TABLE
MAXIMUM SCB/SSB LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 1:1 BRACE ANGLE

SCB SSB/SSBS SIZE SIZE 1 2 3 4 SSBS-12 TENSION* lbs (kN) 690 (3.1) SHEAR lbs (kN) 690 (3.1) 1450 (6.5) 2230 (10.0) 4865 (21.7)
SCB Size 1 2 3 4
SSB/SSBS Size SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 SSB-3 SSB-4
PLATE SIZE in. (mm) 3x3x1/4 (76 x76x6) 4x4x1/4 (76x76x6)
HOLE DIA. in. (mm) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17)
FILLET WELD SIZE in. (mm) 3/16 (5) 3/16 (5) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
SSBS-20, 25 1450 (6.5) SSB-3 SSB-4 2230 (10.0) 4865 (21.7)
5x5x3/8 (127x127x10) 13/16 (21) 6x6x3/8 (152x152x6) 1-5/16 (33)

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
H8
SCB OR SSB BOLTED ATTACHMENT TO A STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER
STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER THREADED BOLT AND NUT SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4 MAXIMUM ANCHOR BOLT LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 1:1 BRACE ANGLE
SCB SIZE 1 2 3 4 SSB/SSBS SIZE SSBS-12 TENSION* lbs (kN) 935 (4.2) SHEAR lbs (kN) 680 (3.0) 1440 (6.4) 2200 (9.8) 4625 (20.6)
SSBS-20, 25 1835 (8.2) SSB-3 SSB-4 2910 (13.0) 6830 (30.4)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
H9
SCB OR SSB/SSBS WELDED ATTACHMENT TO A STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM
STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM 70XX ELECTRODE WELD SCB SIZE 1 2 3 4 SSB/SSBS WELD SIZE SIZE 1/8" (3 mm) SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 1/8" (3 mm) 3/16" (5 mm) SSB-3 3/16" (5 mm) SSB-4
SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4 MAXIMUM SCB/SSB LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 1:1 BRACE ANGLE
SCB SSB/SSBS SIZE 1 2 3 4 SIZE SSBS-12 TENSION* lbs (kN) 690 (3.1) SHEAR lbs (kN) 690 (3.1)
SSBS-20, 25 1450 (6.5) 1450 (6.5) SSB-3 SSB-4 2230 (10.0) 2230 (10.0) 4865 (21.7) 4865 (21.7)
NOTE: THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD MUST CHECK THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR THE SEISMIC LOADS FROM THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
H10
SCB OR SSB/SSBS WELDED ATTACHMENT TO A STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER
STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER 70XX ELECTRODE WELD

SCB SIZE 1 2 3 4 SSB/SSBS WELD SIZE SIZE 1/8" (3 mm) SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 1/8" (3 mm) 3/16" (5 mm) SSB-3 3/16" (5 mm) SSB-4
SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4 MAXIMUM SCB/SSB LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 1:1 BRACE ANGLE
SCB SSB/SSBS SIZE 1 2 3 4 SIZE SSBS-12 TENSION* lbs (kN) 690 (3.1) SHEAR lbs (kN) 690 (3.1)
SSBS-20, 25 1450 (6.5) 1450 (6.5) SSB-3 SSB-4 2230 (10.0) 2230 (10.0) 4865 (21.7) 4865 (21.7)
NOTE: THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD MUST CHECK THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR THE THE SEISMIC LOADS FROM THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
H11
SCBV - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE VISE ATTACHMENT TO A STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM
STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM SCBV - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE VISE REF. PAGE X3
MAXIMUM SCB/SSB LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 1:1 BRACE ANGLE

SCBV SIZE 1 2 3 TENSION* lbs (kN) 690 (3.1) 1450 (6.5) 2230 (10.0) SHEAR lbs (kN) 690 (3.1) 1450 (6.5) 2230 (10.0)
NOTE: THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD MUST CHECK THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR THE SEISMIC LOADS FROM THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
H12
SCB OR SSB/SSBS LAG SCREW ATTACHMENT TO A STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER
OPTION #2
LAG SCREW DIA.
MIN. EGDE DISTANCE (E)
1/2" (13 mm) 2" (51 mm) 5/8" (16 mm) 2 1/2" (64 mm) 3/4" (19 mm) 3" (76 mm)
STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER LAG SCREW SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE REF. PAGE X1 OR SSB/SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE REF. PAGE X4 OPTION #1
MAXIMUM LAG SCREW LOADS TO STRUCTURE UP TO 2:1 BRACE ANGLE

SCB SIZE 1 2 3 SSB/SSBS SIZE SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 SSB-3 TENSION lbs (kN) SHEAR lbs (kN)
570 (2.5) 360 (1.6) 920 (4.1) 560 (2.5) 1330 (5.9) 760 (3.4)
NOTE: THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD MUST CHECK THE STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER FOR THE SEISMIC LOADS FROM THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
H13
REQUIRED CLEARANCE DETAILS FOR SCBH/SSB/SSBS ATTACHMENT TO DUCT

ROUND DUCT ATTACHMENT
1 IN. (25 mm) STANDARD STEEL WASHER REQUIRED STANDARD STEEL WASHER REQUIRED
C E
1 1/4 IN. (32 mm)
2 1/2 IN. (64 mm)
FRONT ELEVATION RECTANGULAR DUCT ATTACHMENT
SIDE ELEVATION
ANGLE UPPER SUPPORT 1 IN. (25 mm) STANDARD STEEL WASHER REQUIRED C E STANDARD STEEL WASHER REQUIRED D L
SIZE FRONT ELEVATION
C
1 (25)
D
1 1/2 (38)
E
1 (25)
L
2 1/2 (64)
SCBH-1 1 (25) 1 1/2 (38) 1 (25) 2 1/2 (64) SSBS-12 1 3/4 (44) 2 1/4 (57) 1 3/4 (44) 3 (76) SCBH-2 3 (76) SSBS-20, 25 1 1/2 (38) 2 1/4 (57) 1 (25) 2 (51) 2 5/8 (67) 2 (51) 4 (102) SCBH-3 2 (51) 2 5/8 (67) 2 (51) 4 (102) SSB-3
The above dimensions are in inches (mm). 1 IN. (25 mm)
SIDE ELEVATION
STRUT UPPER SUPPORT STANDARD STEEL WASHER REQUIRED
C E
STANDARD STEEL WASHER 13/16 IN. REQUIRED (21 mm)
1 5/8 IN. (41 mm)
FRONT ELEVATION
SIDE ELEVATION
NOTE: REF. PAGE E4 FOR UPPER SUPPORT SIZES AND MAXIMUM UPPER SUPPORT EXTENSIONS. THE (E) DIMENSION LISTED ABOVE IS THE MINIMUM EXTENSION REQUIRED FOR SCBH/SSB CLEARANCE.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
H14
TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS
TORQUE FORA307 BOLTS AND A36 THREADED ROD TURN OF NUT METHOD
FOR TURN-OF-NUT TIGHTENING, HAND-ADJUST THE BOLT SNUG TIGHT WHERE THERE IS FIRM CONTACT BETWEEN THE BOLT AND CONNECTED METAL COMPONENTS.
DIAMETER SIZE 3/8 1/2
TORQUE ft-lbs (N-m) 20 (27) 49 (66) 97 (131) 173 (235)
LENGTH OF BOLT UP TO AND INCLUDING 4 DIAMETERS OVER 4 DIAMETERS AND NOT MORE THAN 8 DIAMETER OVER 8 DIAMETER AND NOT MORE THAN 12 DIAMETER
ADDITIONAL TIGHTENING 1/3 TURN
5/8 3/4
1/2 TURN
TORQUE FOR STRUT NUTS

2/3 TURN DIAMETER SIZE 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 TORQUE ft-lbs (N-m) 19 (25) 50 (70) 100 (135) 125 (170)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
H15
END OF SECTION
VERTICAL SUPPORT GUIDELINES
SSB/SSBS LOCATIONS SEISMIC LOAD SUPPORT RODS FOR USE WITH PAGES A1 AND D1
SEISMIC LOAD
AT INDIVIDUAL SUPPORTS:
Pipe Diameter (in.) 1 to 2 2 1/2 to 3 4 to 5 6 8 to 10 12 14 to 18 20 to 24 Support Rod Diameter (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1/4 Seismic Tension Load * (lbs.) 425 560 560 870 1445 2180 2200 3760
AT TRAPEZE SUPPORTS:
Support Rod Diameter (in.) 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 Seismic Tension Load * (lbs.) 560 1440 2200 4000
Size SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 SSB-3 SSB-4
* The attachment point of the support rod to the structure must be designed to accept the addition of the seismic tension load tabulated above and the gravity load of the item supported. THIS IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT RODS WHERE THE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE IS ATTACHED. Example: For a 10 in. diameter pipe supported by a minimum 7/8" diameter rod, assume the gravity load is 800 lbs. The total tension load on the support rod = 1445 lbs(see table above) + 800 lbs = 2245 lbs. Select a concrete expansion anchor(Ref. Page X7), concrete insert anchor, or any other approved attachment which can accept this total tension load. To reduce the total tension load on the support rod to meet the allowable tension load of the attachment, reduce the seismic brace spacing or the support spacing or both. Example: Assume the total tension load on the support is 2245 lbs from the example above. If the allowable tension load of the attachment is 1400 lbs, reduce the brace spacing by 50% and the support spacing by 20%. The revised total tension load on the support rod = 1445 lbs x 50% + 800 lbs x 80% = 1362.5 lbs < 1400 lbs.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
K1
SEISMIC LOAD
Pipe Diameter (mm) 25 to 51 64 to 76 102 to 127 152 203 to 254 305 356 to 457 508 to 610 Support Rod Diameter (mm) 10 13 16 19 22 22 25 32 Seismic Tension Load * (kN) 1.9 2.5 2.5 3.9 6.5 9.7 9.8 16.8
Support Rod Diameter (mm) 13 16 19 25 Seismic Tension Load * (kN) 2.5 6.5 9.8 17.8
* The attachment point of the support rod to the structure must be designed to accept the addition of the seismic tension load tabulated above and the gravity load of the item supported. THIS IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT RODS WHERE THE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE IS ATTACHED. Example: For a 254 mm diameter pipe supported by a minimum 22 mm diameter rod, assume the gravity load is 3.6 kN. The total tension load on the support rod = 6.5 kN(see table above) + 3.6 kN = 10.1 kN Select a concrete expansion anchor(Ref. Page X7), concrete insert anchor, or any other approved attachment which can accept this total tension load. To reduce the total tension load on the support rod to meet the allowable tension load of the attachment, reduce the seismic brace spacing or the support spacing or both. Example: Assume the total tension load on the support is 10.1 kN from the example above. If the allowable tension load of the attachment is 6.3 kN, reduce the brace spacing by 50% and the support spacing by 20%. The revised total tension load on the support rod = 6.5 kN x 50% + 3.6 kN x 80% = 6.1 kN < 6.3 kN.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
K1m
SEISMIC LOAD
* The attachment point of the support rod to the structure must be designed to accept the addition of the seismic tension load tabulated above and the gravity load of the item supported. THIS IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT RODS WHERE THE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE IS ATTACHED. Example: For a 10 in. diameter pipe supported by a minimum 7/8" diameter rod, assume the gravity load is 800 lbs. The total tension load on the support rod = 1380 lbs(see table above) + 800 lbs = 2180 lbs. Select a concrete expansion anchor(Ref. Page X7), concrete insert anchor, or any other approved attachment which can accept this total tension load. To reduce the total tension load on the support rod to meet the allowable tension load of the attachment, reduce the seismic brace spacing or the support spacing or both. Example: Assume the total tension load on the support is 2180 lbs from the example above. If the allowable tension load of the attachment is 1400 lbs, reduce the brace spacing by 50% and the support spacing by 20%. The revised total tension load on the support rod = 1380 lbs x 50% + 800 lbs x 80% = 1330 lbs < 1400 lbs.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
K2
SSB LOCATIONS SEISMIC LOAD SUPPORT RODS FOR USE WITH PAGES A2 AND D2
SEISMIC LOAD
SSB Size 1 2 3 4
* The attachment point of the support rod to the structure must be designed to accept the addition of the seismic tension load tabulated above and the gravity load of the item supported. THIS IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT RODS WHERE THE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE IS ATTACHED. Example: For a 254 mm diameter pipe supported by a minimum 22 mm diameter rod, assume the gravity load is 3.6 kN. The total tension load on the support rod = 6.2 kN(see table above) + 3.6 kN = 9.8 kN. Select a concrete expansion anchor(Ref. Page X7), concrete insert anchor, or any other approved attachment which can accept this total tension load. To reduce the total tension load on the support rod to meet the allowable tension load of the attachment, reduce the seismic brace spacing or the support spacing or both. Example: Assume the total tension load on the support is 9.8 kN from the example above. If the allowable tension load of the attachment is 6.3 kN, reduce the brace spacing by 50% and the support spacing by 20%. The revised total tension load on the support rod = 6.2 kN x 50% + 3.6 kN x 80% = 6.0 kN < 6.3 kN.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
K2m
SEISMIC LOAD
* The attachment point of the support rod to the structure must be designed to accept the addition of the seismic tension load tabulated above and the gravity load of the item supported. THIS IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT RODS WHERE THE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE IS ATTACHED. Example: For a 10 in. diameter pipe supported by a minimum 7/8" diameter rod, assume the gravity load is 800 lbs. The total tension load on the support rod = 1445 lbs(see table above) + 800 lbs = 2245 lbs. Select a concrete expansion anchor(Ref. Page X7), concrete insert anchor, or any other approved attachment which can accept this total tension load. To reduce the total tension load on the support rod to meet the allowable tension load of the attachment, reduce the seismic brace spacing or the support spacing or both. Example: Assume the total tension load on the support is 2245 lbs from the example above. If the allowable tension load of the attachment is 1400 lbs, reduce the brace spacing by 50% and the support spacing by 20%. The revised total tension load on the support rod = 1445 lbs x 50% + 800 lbs x 80% = 1362.5 lbs < 1400 lbs.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
K3
SEISMIC LOAD
* The attachment point of the support rod to the structure must be designed to accept the addition of the seismic tension load tabulated above and the gravity load of the item supported. THIS IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT RODS WHERE THE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE IS ATTACHED. Example: For a 254 mm diameter pipe supported by a minimum 22 mm diameter rod, assume the gravity load is 3.6 kN. The total tension load on the support rod = 6.5 kN(see table above) + 3.6 kN = 10.1 kN. Select a concrete expansion anchor(Ref. Page X7), concrete insert anchor, or any other approved attachment which can accept this total tension load. To reduce the total tension load on the support rod to meet the allowable tension load of the attachment, reduce the seismic brace spacing or the support spacing or both. Example: Assume the total tension load on the support is 1018 kg from the example above. If the allowable tension load of the attachment is 6.3 kN, reduce the brace spacing by 50% and the support spacing by 20%. The revised total tension load on the support rod = 6.5 kN x 50% + 3.6 kN x 80% = 6.2 kN < 6.3 kN.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
K3m
SEISMIC LOAD
Pipe Diameter (in.) 1 to 2 2 1/2 to 3 4 to 5 6 8 to 12 Support Rod Diameter (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 Seismic Tension Load * (lbs.) 250 250 250 350 350
Support Rod Diameter (in.) 1/2 5/8 3/4 Seismic Tension Load * (lbs.) 240 360 480
Size SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 SSB-3
* The attachment point of the support rod to the structure must be designed to accept the addition of the seismic tension load tabulated above and the gravity load of the item supported. THIS IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT RODS WHERE THE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE IS ATTACHED. Example: For a 10 in. diameter pipe supported by a minimum 7/8" diameter rod, assume the gravity load is 800 lbs. The total tension load on the support rod = 350 lbs(see table above) + 800 lbs = 1150 lbs. Select a concrete expansion anchor(Ref. Page X7), concrete insert anchor, or any other approved attachment which can accept this total tension load. To reduce the total tension load on the support rod to meet the allowable tension load of the attachment, reduce the seismic brace spacing or the support spacing or both. Example: Assume the total tension load on the support is 1150 lbs from the example above. If the allowable tension load of the attachment is 900 lbs, reduce the brace spacing by 50% and the support spacing by 20%. The revised total tension load on the support rod = 350 lbs x 50% + 800 lbs x 80% = 815 lbs < 900 lbs.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
K4
SEISMIC LOAD
Pipe Diameter (mm) 25 to 51 64 to 76 102 to 127 152 203 to 305 Support Rod Diameter (mm) 10 13 16 19 22 Seismic Tension Load * (kN) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.6
Support Rod Diameter (mm) 13 16 19 Seismic Tension Load * (kg) 1.1 1.6 2.2
Size SSBS-12 SSBS-20, 25 SSB-3
* The attachment point of the support rod to the structure must be designed to accept the addition of the seismic tension load tabulated above and the gravity load of the item supported. THIS IS ONLY REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT RODS WHERE THE SEISMIC SOLID BRACE IS ATTACHED. Example: For a 254 mm diameter pipe supported by a minimum 22 mm diameter rod, assume the gravity load is 3.6 kN. The total tension load on the support rod = 1.6 kN(see table above) + 3.6 kN = 5.2 kN. Select a concrete expansion anchor(Ref. Page X7), concrete insert anchor, or any other approved attachment which can accept this total tension load. To reduce the total tension load on the support rod to meet the allowable tension load of the attachment, reduce the seismic brace spacing or the support spacing or both. Example: Assume the total tension load on the support is 5.2 kN from the example above. If the allowable tension load of the attachment is 4.0 kN, reduce the brace spacing by 50% and the support spacing by 20%. The revised total tension load on the support rod = 1.6 kN x 50% + 3.6 kN x 80% = 3.7 kN < 4.0 kN.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
K4m
PC30N ISOLATION HANGER ATTACHMENT

TO A CONCRETE SLAB WITH (1) EXPANSION ANCHOR
1" MINIMUM
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
EXPANSION ANCHOR DESIGN FOR LOAD
1/4 IN. (6mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE
STANDARD WASHER STANDARD NUT OR COUPLING NUT STANDARD WASHER UPPER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS
NUT PC30N ISOLATION HANGER

1/4 IN. (6 mm) THREADED ROD ATTACHMENT
1" MIN
ROD STIFFENER IF REQUIRED
SRC - REF. PAGE X5 UC - REF. PAGE X5A IF REQUIRED THREADED ROD
NOTE: FOR TIGHTENING REQUIREMENTS OF BOLTS, NUTS AND STRUT NUTS REFERENCE H15.
APPROVED


Page
L1
PC30N ISOLATION HANGER ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE DECK WITH (1) EXPANSION ANCHOR
1" MINIMUM
EXPANSION ANCHOR DESIGN FOR LOAD ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
STANDARD WASHER 1/4 IN. (6mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE STANDARD NUT OR COUPLING NUT STANDARD WASHER UPPER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS
NUT PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm) THREADED ROD ATTACHMENT LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING
1" MIN
SRC - REF. PAGE X5 UC - REF. PAGE X5A IF REQUIRED THREADED ROD

APPROVED

Page
L2
PC30N ISOLATION HANGER ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE SLAB WITH (1) EMBEDDED HEADED STUD
1" MINIMUM
ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
EMBEDDED HEADED STUD DESIGN FOR LOAD
CONCRETE SLAB ATTACHMENT COUPLING NUT OR THREADED SLEEVE UPPER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS
NUT PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm)
THREADED ROD ATTACHMENT
1" MIN
SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE X5 OR X5A THREADED ROD
APPROVED


Page
L3
PC30N ISOLATION HANGER ATTACHMENT TO A CONCRETE SLAB WITH (1) EMBEDDED HEADED STUD
1" MINIMUM
EMBEDDED HEADED STUD DESIGN FOR LOAD ANCHOR EMBEDMENT
CONCRETE SLAB ATTACHMENT NUT UPPER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS
NUT PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm) THREADED ROD ATTACHMENT LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING
1" MIN

APPROVED

Page
L3A
PC30N ISOLATION HANGER ATTACHMENT TO A STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM WITH A BEAM CLAMP
DESIGN FOR LOAD STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM 3/8 IN. (10 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE STANDARD BOLT AND NUT
WELDED EYE BOLT AND NUT PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm) THREADED ROD ATTACHMENT VERTICAL LIMIT STOP AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS ROD COUPLING ROD STIFFENER ANGLE IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE X5 SRC OR UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP IF REQUIRED REF. PAGE X5 THREADED ROD
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
L4
PC30N ISOLATION HANGER ATTACHMENT TO A MODIFIED STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM WITH (1) ANCHOR
STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT DESIGN FOR LOAD
UPPER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS
THREADED BOLT AND NUT PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm) LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS THREADED ROD ATTACHMENT ROD COUPLING

APPROVED

Page
L5
PC30N ISOLATION HANGER ATTACHMENT TO A MODIFIED STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM WITH (1) ANCHOR
STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER UPPER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS
THREADED BOLT AND NUT DESIGN FOR LOAD PC30N ISOLATION HANGER 1/4 IN. (6 mm) LOWER SEISMIC REBOUND WASHER AT RESTRAINT LOCATIONS THREADED ROD ATTACHMENT ROD COUPLING
APPROVED


Page
L6
END OF SECTION
PIPE WEIGHTS
STEEL PIPE
Pipe Dia. (in.) 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Pipe Schedule 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 30 30 30 20 20 Insulation Thickness (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 Pipe 1.7 2.3 2.7 3.7 5.8 7.6 11.0 15.0 19.0 29.0 41.0 54.0 55.0 63.0 82.0 79.0 95.0 Weight per Foot (lbs) Water Insulation 0.4 0.7 0.9 1.5 2.1 3.2 5.5 8.7 12.5 22.0 34.0 49.0 60.0 79.0 100.0 126.0 184.0 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.8 2.9 3.3 4.1 5.2 6.0 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 10.0 Total 2.8 3.8 4.5 6.2 9.1 12.1 18.3 26.6 34.8 55.1 80.2 109.0 122.0 150.0 190.0 214.0 289.0
COPPER PIPE
Pipe Dia. (in.) 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6 8 10 12 Copper Type L L L L L L L L L L L L L Insulation Thickness (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 Pipe 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.8 2.5 3.3 4.3 5.4 7.6 10.2 19.3 30.1 40.4 Weight per Foot (lbs) Water Insulation 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.4 2.1 3.0 4.0 5.2 8.1 11.6 20.3 31.6 45.4 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.9 3.3 4.1 5.2 6.0 Total 1.8 2.3 2.8 4.2 5.8 7.6 9.8 12.4 18.6 25.1 43.7 66.9 91.8
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
M1
PIPE WEIGHTS
STEEL PIPE
Pipe Dia. (mm) 25 32 38 51 64 76 102 127 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 610 Pipe Schedule 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 30 30 30 20 20 Insulation Thickness (mm) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 Pipe 2.5 3.4 4.0 5.5 8.6 11.3 16.4 22.3 28.3 43.2 61.0 80.4 81.8 93.8 122.0 117.6 141.4 Weight per Meter (kg) Water Insulation 0.6 1.0 1.3 2.2 3.1 4.8 8.2 12.9 18.6 32.7 50.6 72.9 89.3 117.6 148.8 187.5 273.8 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.8 1.9 2.7 4.3 4.9 6.1 7.7 8.9 10.4 11.2 11.9 12.6 14.9 Total 4.1 5.6 6.6 9.2 13.5 18.0 27.3 39.5 51.8 82.0 119.3 162.2 181.5 222.6 282.7 317.7 430.1
COPPER PIPE
Pipe Dia. (mm) 25 32 38 51 64 76 89 102 127 152 203 254 305 Copper Type L L L L L L L L L L L L L Insulation Thickness (mm) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 38 38 38 38 38 Pipe 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.7 3.7 4.9 6.4 8.0 11.3 15.2 28.7 44.8 60.1 Weight per Meter (kg) Water Insulation 0.6 0.9 1.2 2.1 3.1 4.5 6.0 7.7 12.1 17.3 30.2 47.0 67.3 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.8 1.9 2.2 2.7 4.3 4.9 6.1 7.7 8.9 Total 2.6 3.4 4.1 6.3 8.6 11.3 14.6 18.4 27.7 37.4 65.0 99.5 136.3

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
M1m
PIPE WEIGHTS (continued)

SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE
Pipe Dia. (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6 8 10 12 Wall Thick. (in.) 0.109 0.113 0.133 0.140 0.145 0.154 0.203 0.216 0.226 0.237 0.258 0.280 0.322 0.366 0.406 Weight per Foot (lbs) Pipe Water Total 0.15 0.13 0.28 0.20 0.23 0.43 0.30 0.37 0.67 0.40 0.65 1.05 0.48 0.88 1.36 0.64 1.45 2.10 1.02 2.07 3.09 1.33 3.20 4.53 1.60 4.28 5.88 1.90 5.51 7.41 2.77 8.66 11.43 3.34 12.15 15.49 5.28 21.60 26.88 7.51 34.10 41.61 10.02 48.50 58.52

Pipe Dia. (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6 8 10 12 Wall Thick. (in.) 0.147 0.154 0.179 0.191 0.200 0.218 0.276 0.300 0.318 0.337 0.375 0.432 0.500 0.593 0.687 Weight per Foot (lbs) Pipe Water 0.15 0.10 0.26 0.19 0.38 0.31 0.53 0.56 0.64 0.77 0.88 1.28 1.35 1.83 1.80 2.86 2.20 3.85 2.64 4.98 4.13 7.87 5.03 11.29 8.02 19.80 11.89 31.10 16.37 44.00 Total 0.25 0.45 0.69 1.08 1.40 2.16 3.18 4.66 6.05 7.62 12.00 16.32 27.82 42.99 60.37
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
M2

Pipe Wall Dia. (mm) Thick. (mm) 13 2.8 19 2.9 25 3.4 32 3.6 38 3.7 51 3.9 64 5.2 76 5.5 89 5.7 102 6.0 127 6.6 152 7.1 203 8.2 254 9.3 305 10.3 Weight per Meter (kg) Pipe Water Total 0.22 0.19 0.41 0.30 0.34 0.64 0.45 0.55 1.00 0.60 0.97 1.57 0.71 1.31 2.02 0.95 2.16 3.11 1.52 3.08 4.60 1.98 4.76 6.74 2.38 6.37 8.75 2.83 8.20 11.03 4.12 12.89 17.01 4.97 18.08 23.05 7.86 32.14 40.00 11.18 50.75 61.93 14.91 72.18 87.09

Pipe Wall Dia. (mm) Thick. (mm) 3.7 13 3.9 19 4.6 25 4.9 32 5.1 38 5.5 51 7.0 64 76 7.6 89 8.1 8.6 102 9.5 127 11.0 152 12.7 203 15.1 254 17.5 305 Weight per Meter (kg) Pipe Water 0.22 0.15 0.39 0.28 0.57 0.46 0.79 0.83 0.95 1.15 1.31 1.90 2.01 2.72 2.68 4.26 3.27 5.73 3.93 7.41 6.15 11.71 7.49 16.80 11.94 29.47 17.69 46.28 24.36 65.48 Total 0.37 0.57 1.03 1.62 2.10 3.21 4.73 6.94 9.00 11.34 17.86 24.29 41.41 63.97 89.84

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
M2m

CAST IRON PIPE
Pipe Dia. (in.) 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Class 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Weight per Foot (lbs) Pipe Water 12.2 3.7 16.4 5.7 25.7 12.8 36.7 23.1 48.7 35.5 62.9 51.0 78.8 69.3 95.0 90.3 114.7 114.0 135.9 141.5 190.4 201.0 Total 15.9 22.1 38.5 59.8 84.2 113.9 148.1 185.3 228.7 277.4 391.4
STEEL CONDUIT
Max. Wt./Ft. of Conduit and Conductor (lbs.) Lead Not Lead Covered Covered 1.172 1.042 1.754 1.398 2.614 2.347 4.311 3.581 5.891 4.546 8.528 7.208 11.509 10.219 16.506 14.506 19.052 17.491 24.749 21.479 35.870 30.830 50.685 43.425
Conduit Diameter (in.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6
Wall Thickness (in.) 0.112 0.124 0.124 0.155 0.167 0.172 0.219 0.219 0.219 0.219 0.367 0.367
Conduit Wt./Ft. (lbs) 0.852 1.134 1.684 2.281 2.731 3.678 5.819 7.616 9.202 10.889 14.810 19.185
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
M3

CAST IRON PIPE
Pipe Dia. (mm) 76 102 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 610 Class 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Weight per Meter (kg) Pipe Water Total 18.2 5.5 23.7 24.4 8.5 32.9 38.2 19.0 57.2 54.6 34.4 89.0 72.5 52.8 125.3 93.6 75.9 169.5 117.3 103.1 220.4 141.4 134.4 275.8 170.7 169.7 370.4 202.2 210.6 412.8 283.3 299.1 582.4
STEEL CONDUIT
Max. Wt./m of Conduit and Conductor (kg) Lead Not Lead Covered Covered 1.74 1.55 2.61 2.08 3.89 3.49 6.42 5.33 8.77 6.77 12.69 10.73 17.13 15.21 24.56 21.59 28.35 26.03 36.83 31.96 53.38 45.88 75.42 64.62
Conduit Diameter (mm) 13 19 25 32 38 51 64 76 89 102 127 152
Wall Thickness (mm) 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.9 4.2 4.4 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 9.3 9.3
Conduit Wt./m (kg) 1.27 1.69 2.51 3.39 4.06 5.47 8.66 11.33 13.69 16.20 22.04 28.55

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
M3m
DUCT WEIGHTS
GALVANIZED RECTANGULAR DUCT 24 Gage - Sizes 3 in. x 3 in. to 28 in. x 28 in. ( lbs / foot )
Size(in.) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 3 1.28 4 1.49 1.70 5 1.70 1.96 2.13 6 1.96 2.13 2.34 2.55 7 2.13 2.34 2.55 2.77 2.98 8 2.34 2.55 2.77 2.98 3.19 3.40 9 2.55 2.77 2.98 3.19 3.40 3.62 3.82 10 2.77 2.98 3.19 3.40 3.62 3.82 4.04 4.26 12 3.19 3.40 3.62 3.82 4.04 4.26 4.47 4.69 5.10 14 3.62 3.82 4.04 4.26 4.47 4.69 4.89 5.10 5.64 6.07 16 4.04 4.26 4.47 4.69 4.80 5.10 5.42 5.64 6.07 6.50 6.94 18 4.47 4.69 4.80 5.10 5.42 5.64 5.85 6.07 6.50 6.94 7.37 7.80 20 4.80 5.10 5.42 5.64 5.85 6.07 6.29 6.50 6.94 7.37 7.80 8.64 8.67 22 5.42 5.64 5.85 6.01 6.29 6.50 6.72 6.94 7.37 7.80 8.24 8.67 9.10 9.54 24 5.85 6.07 6.29 6.50 6.72 6.94 7.15 7.37 7.80 8.24 8.67 9.10 9.54 26 6.20 6.50 6.72 6.94 7.15 7.37 7.59 7.80 8.24 8.67 9.10 9.54 28 6.84 7.07 7.25 7.40 7.55 7.80 8.09 8.24 8.67 9.10 9.54 9.97
9.97 10.42
9.97 10.42 10.85 10.42 10.85 11.29 11.29 11.72 12.13
Notes: Weights include allowance for laps and seams. Refer to page N10 for different gage weight conversions.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N1
DUCT WEIGHTS
GALVANIZED RECTANGULAR DUCT 0.61 mm Thick - Sizes 76 mm x 76 mm to 711 mm x 711 mm ( kg / m )

Size(mm) 76 102 127 152 178 203 229 254 305 356 406 457 508 559 610 660 711 76 1.90 102 2.22 2.53 127 2.53 2.92 3.17 152 2.92 3.17 3.48 3.79 178 3.17 3.48 3.79 4.12 4.43 203 3.48 3.79 4.12 4.43 4.75 5.06 229 3.79 4.12 4.43 4.75 5.06 5.39 3.82 254 4.12 4.43 4.75 5.06 5.39 5.68 6.01 6.34 305 4.75 5.06 5.39 5.68 6.01 6.34 6.65 6.98 7.59 356 5.39 5.68 6.01 6.34 6.65 6.98 7.28 7.59 8.39 9.03 406 6.01 6.34 6.65 6.98 7.14 7.59 8.07 8.39 9.03 9.67 10.3 457 6.65 6.98 7.14 7.59 8.07 8.39 8.71 9.03 9.67 10.3 11.0 11.6 508 7.14 7.59 8.07 8.39 8.71 9.03 9.36 9.67 10.3 11.0 11.6 12.9 12.9 559 8.07 8.39 8.71 8.94 9.36 9.67 10.0 10.3 11.0 11.6 12.3 12.9 13.5 14.2 610 8.71 9.03 9.36 9.67 10.0 10.3 10.6 11.0 11.6 12.3 12.9 13.5 14.2 660 9.23 9.67 10.0 10.3 10.6 11.0 11.3 11.6 12.3 12.9 13.5 14.2 14.8 711 10.2 10.5 10.8 11.0 11.2 11.6 12.0 12.3 12.9 13.5 14.2 14.8 15.5 16.2 16.8 17.4 18.1
14.8 15.5 15.5 16.2 16.8
Notes: Weights include allowance for laps and seams. Refer to page N10m for different duct thickness weight conversions.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N1m
DUCT WEIGHTS (continued)
Size(in.) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 30 8.6 8.8 9.1 9.3 9.6 10.1 10.3 10.6 11.1 11.6 12.1 12.6 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.6 15.1 15.6 32 8.8 9.1 9.3 9.6 9.8 10.6 10.8 11.1 11.6 12.1 12.6 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.6 15.1 15.6 16.1 16.6 34 9.1 9.3 9.6 9.8 10.1 11.1 11.3 11.6 12.1 12.6 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.6 15.1 15.6 16.1 16.6 17.1 17.6 36 9.3 9.6 9.8 10.1 10.3 11.6 11.8 12.1 12.3 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.6 15.1 15.6 16.1 16.6 17.1 17.6 18.1 18.6 38 9.9 10.5 10.8 11.1 11.3 11.8 12.1 12.3 12.6 13.4 13.9 14.4 14.8 15.4 15.8 16.4 16.9 17.4 17.9 18.3 18.9 19.1 40 10.5 11.0 11.3 11.6 11.8 12.1 12.3 12.6 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.6 15.0 15.6 16.1 16.6 17.1 17.7 18.1 18.5 19.1 19.5 20.9
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N2

Size(mm) 76 102 127 152 178 203 229 254 305 356 406 457 508 559 610 660 711 762 813 864 914 965 1016 762 12.8 13.1 13.5 13.8 14.3 15.0 15.3 15.8 16.5 17.3 18.0 18.8 19.5 20.2 21.0 21.7 22.5 23.2 813 13.1 13.5 13.8 14.3 14.6 15.8 16.1 16.5 17.3 18.0 18.8 19.5 20.2 21.0 21.7 22.5 23.2 24.0 24.7 864 13.5 13.8 14.3 14.6 15.0 16.5 16.8 17.3 18.0 18.8 19.5 20.2 21.0 21.7 22.5 23.2 24.0 24.7 25.4 26.2 914 13.8 14.3 14.6 15.0 15.3 17.3 17.6 18.0 18.3 19.5 20.2 21.0 21.7 22.5 23.2 24.0 24.7 25.4 26.2 26.9 27.7 965 14.7 15.6 16.1 16.5 16.8 17.6 18.0 18.3 18.8 19.9 20.7 21.4 22.0 22.9 23.5 24.4 25.1 25.9 26.6 27.2 28.1 28.4 1016 15.6 16.4 16.8 17.3 17.6 18.0 18.3 18.8 19.5 20.2 21.0 21.7 22.3 23.2 24.0 24.7 25.4 26.3 26.9 27.5 28.4 29.0 31.1
Notes: Weights include allowance for laps and seams. Refer to page N10m for different thickness weight conversions.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N2m

Size(in.) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 42 13.3 13.6 13.9 14.2 14.5 14.8 15.4 15.7 16.0 16.6 17.2 17.7 18.4 18.9 19.5 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.5 22.5 23.0 23.6 24.8 25.4 44 13.9 14.2 14.5 14.8 15.1 15.4 15.7 16.0 16.6 17.2 17.7 18.4 18.9 19.5 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.8 22.5 23.0 23.6 24.8 25.4 26.0 26.5 46 14.5 14.8 15.1 15.4 15.7 16.0 16.3 16.6 17.2 17.7 18.4 18.9 19.5 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.8 22.5 23.0 23.6 24.8 25.4 26.0 26.5 27.1 27.7 17.2 17.7 18.4 18.9 19.6 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.9 22.5 23.1 23.7 24.3 24.9 25.3 26.1 26.7 27.3 27.8 28.4 17.7 18.4 18.9 19.6 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.9 22.5 23.1 23.7 24.3 24.9 25.3 26.1 26.7 27.3 27.8 28.4 29.0 29.6 18.4 18.9 19.6 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.9 22.5 23.1 23.7 24.3 24.9 25.3 26.1 26.7 27.3 27.8 28.4 29.0 29.6 30.2 30.8 18.9 19.6 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.9 22.5 23.1 23.7 24.3 24.9 25.3 26.1 26.7 27.3 27.8 28.4 29.0 29.6 30.2 30.8 31.4 32.0 19.6 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.9 22.5 23.1 23.7 24.3 24.9 25.3 26.1 26.7 27.3 27.8 28.4 29.0 29.6 30.2 30.8 31.4 32.0 32.6 33.2 20.1 20.7 21.3 21.9 22.5 23.1 23.7 24.3 24.9 25.3 26.1 26.7 27.3 27.8 28.4 29.0 29.6 30.2 30.8 31.4 32.0 32.6 33.2 33.6 34.4 16.6 17.2 17.7 18.4 18.9 19.6 16.0 16.6 17.2 17.7 18.4 18.9 48 50 52 54 56
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N3

Size(mm) 76 102 127 152 178 203 229 254 305 356 406 457 508 559 610 660 711 762 813 864 914 965 1016 1067 1118 1168 1219 1270 1321 1372 1422 1473 1067 19.8 20.2 20.7 21.1 21.6 22.0 22.9 23.4 23.8 24.7 25.6 26.3 27.4 28.1 29.2 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.5 36.2 37.1 1118 20.7 21.1 21.6 22.0 22.5 22.9 23.4 23.8 24.7 25.6 26.3 27.4 28.1 29.2 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.3 36.2 37.1 37.7 38.8 1168 21.6 22.0 22.5 22.9 23.4 23.8 24.3 24.7 25.6 26.3 27.4 28.1 29.2 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.3 36.2 37.1 37.7 38.8 39.7 40.6 25.6 26.3 27.4 28.1 29.2 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.3 36.2 37.1 37.7 38.8 39.7 40.6 41.4 42.3 26.3 27.4 28.1 29.2 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.3 36.2 37.1 37.7 38.8 39.7 40.6 41.4 42.3 43.2 44.0 27.4 28.1 29.2 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.3 36.2 37.1 37.7 38.8 39.7 40.6 41.4 42.3 43.2 44.0 44.9 45.8 28.1 29.2 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.3 36.2 37.1 37.7 38.8 39.7 40.6 41.4 42.3 43.2 44.0 44.9 45.8 46.7 47.6 29.2 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.3 36.2 37.1 37.7 38.8 39.7 40.6 41.4 42.3 43.2 44.0 44.9 45.8 46.7 47.6 48.5 49.4 29.9 30.8 31.7 32.6 33.5 34.4 35.3 36.2 37.1 37.7 38.8 39.7 40.6 41.4 42.3 43.2 44.0 44.9 45.8 46.7 47.6 48.5 49.4 50.0 51.2 24.7 25.6 26.3 27.4 28.1 29.2 23.8 24.7 25.6 26.3 27.4 28.1 1219 1270 1321 1372 1422 1473

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N3m

Size(in.) 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 25.4 26.2 27.0 27.7 28.5 29.3 30.0 30.8 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 62 26.2 27.0 27.7 28.5 29.3 30.0 30.8 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 64 27.0 27.7 28.5 29.3 30.0 30.8 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 66 27.7 28.5 29.3 30.0 30.8 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 68 28.5 29.3 30.0 30.8 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 70 29.3 30.0 30.8 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 72 30.0 30.8 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 74 30.8 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 76 31.6 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 78 32.5 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N4

Size(mm) 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 559 610 660 711 762 813 864 914 965 1016 1067 1118 1168 1219 1270 1321 1372 1422 1473 1524 37.8 39.0 40.2 41.2 42.4 43.6 44.8 45.8 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 1575 39.0 40.2 41.2 42.4 43.6 44.8 45.8 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 1626 40.2 41.2 42.4 43.6 44.8 45.8 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 1676 41.2 42.4 43.6 44.8 45.8 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 1727 42.4 43.6 44.6 45.8 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 1778 43.6 44.6 45.8 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 1829 44.6 45.8 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 1880 45.8 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 1930 47.0 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 1981 48.4 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N4m

Size(in.) 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 80 33.1 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 82 33.9 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 84 34.6 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.5 86 35.4 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.5 55.5 88 36.2 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.5 55.5 56.3 90 37.0 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.5 55.5 56.3 57.0 92 37.7 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.5 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 94 38.5 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.5 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 96 39.3 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.5 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 59.4 98 40.0 40.8 41.6 42.4 43.1 43.9 44.6 45.4 46.2 47.0 47.7 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.5 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 59.4 60.0
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N5

Size(mm) 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 559 610 660 711 762 813 864 914 965 1016 1067 1118 1168 1219 1270 1321 1372 1422 1473 2032 49.3 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 2083 50.4 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 2134 51.5 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.1 2184 52.7 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.1 82.6 2235 53.9 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.1 82.6 83.8 2286 55.1 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.1 82.6 83.8 84.8 2337 56.1 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.1 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 2388 57.3 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.1 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 2184 58.5 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.1 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 88.4 2489 59.5 60.7 61.9 63.1 64.1 65.3 66.4 67.6 68.8 69.9 71.0 72.2 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.1 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 88.4 89.3

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N5m
Size(in.) 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 60 46.2 62 47.0 47.7 64 47.7 48.5 49.3 66 48.5 49.3 50.0 50.8 68 49.3 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 70 50.0 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 72 50.8 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.6 55.5 74 51.6 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.6 55.5 56.3 57.0 76 52.4 53.1 53.9 54.6 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 78 53.1 53.9 54.6 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 59.4 60.0
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N6
Size(mm) 1524 1575 1626 1676 1727 1778 1829 1880 1930 1981 1524 68.8 1575 69.9 71.0 1626 71.0 72.3 73.4 1676 72.3 73.4 74.4 75.6 1727 73.4 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 1778 74.4 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 1829 75.6 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.3 82.6 1880 76.8 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.3 82.6 83.8 84.8 1930 78.0 79.0 80.2 81.3 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 1981 79.0 80.2 81.3 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 88.4 89.3

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N6m
Size(in.) 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 80 53.9 54.6 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 59.4 60.0 60.8 61.6 82 54.6 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 59.4 60.0 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 84 55.5 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 59.4 60.0 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 63.9 64.6 86 56.3 57.0 57.7 58.5 59.4 60.0 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 63.9 64.6 65.5 66.3 88 57.0 57.7 58.5 59.4 60.0 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 63.9 64.6 65.5 66.3 67.0 67.7 90 57.7 58.5 59.4 60.0 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 63.9 64.6 65.5 66.3 67.0 67.7 68.5 69.3 92 58.5 59.4 60.0 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 63.9 64.6 65.5 66.3 67.0 67.7 68.5 69.3 70.0 70.7 94 59.4 60.0 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 63.9 64.6 65.5 66.3 67.0 67.7 68.5 69.3 70.0 70.7 71.5 72.4 96 60.0 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 63.9 64.6 65.5 66.3 67.0 67.7 68.5 69.3 70.0 70.7 71.5 72.4 73.1 73.9 98 60.8 61.6 62.4 63.1 63.9 64.6 65.5 66.3 67.0 67.7 68.5 69.3 70.0 70.7 71.5 72.4 73.1 73.9 74.6 75.5
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N7
Size(mm) 1524 1575 1626 1676 1727 1778 1829 1880 1930 1981 2032 2083 2134 2184 2235 2286 2337 2388 2438 2489 2032 80.2 81.3 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 88.4 89.3 90.5 91.7 2083 81.3 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 88.4 89.3 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 2134 82.6 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 88.4 89.3 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 95.1 96.1 2184 83.8 84.8 85.9 87.1 88.4 89.3 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 95.1 96.1 97.5 98.7 2235 84.8 85.9 87.1 88.4 89.3 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 95.1 96.1 97.5 98.7 99.7 100.7 2286 85.9 87.1 88.4 89.3 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 95.1 96.1 97.5 98.7 99.7 100.7 101.9 103.1 2337 87.1 88.4 89.3 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 95.1 96.1 97.5 98.7 99.7 100.7 101.9 103.1 104.2 105.2 2388 88.4 89.3 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 95.1 96.1 97.5 98.7 99.7 100.7 101.9 103.1 104.2 105.2 106.4 107.7 2438 89.3 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 95.1 96.1 97.5 98.7 99.7 100.7 101.9 103.1 104.2 105.2 106.4 107.7 108.8 110.0 2489 90.5 91.7 92.9 93.9 95.1 96.1 97.5 98.7 99.7 100.7 101.9 103.1 104.2 105.2 106.4 107.7 108.8 110.0 111.0 112.4

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N7m

GALVANIZED ROUND DUCT 30 to 24 Gage - Sizes 3 in. to 84 in. Diameter ( lbs / foot )
30 Gage
Dia. (in.)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 40 44 48 50 54 56 60 72 84 Seam Gage Spiral 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.2 Long. 0.60 0.77 0.94 1.11 1.28 1.46 1.63 1.80 1.97 2.14 2.49 2.83 3.18
28 Gage
Seam Gage Spiral 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.7 5.2 Long. 0.71 0.92 1.12 1.32 1.53 1.73 1.94 2.14 2.35 2.55 2.96 3.37 3.78 4.19 4.60 5.01
26 Gage
Seam Gage Spiral 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.4 5.0 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.0 7.1 Long. 0.82 1.06 1.30 4.54 1.77 2.01 2.25 2.48 2.72 2.96 3.43 3.91 4.38 4.86 5.33 5.80 6.28 6.75 7.23 7.70 8.18 8.65 9.60 10.55 11.50
24 Gage
Seam Gage Spiral 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.4 5.1 5.7 6.4 7.0 7.8 8.5 8.9 9.3 10.1 11.5 12.8 14.4 15.4 16.0 Long. 1.05 1.60 1.66 1.96 2.26 2.57 2.87 3.17 3.48 3.78 4.38 4.99 5.59 6.20 6.80 7.41 8.02 8.62 9.23 9.83 10.44 11.05 12.26 13.47 14.68 15.28 16.50 17.10 18.31 21.95 25.58
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N8

GALVANIZED ROUND DUCT 0.30 to 0.61 mm Thick - Sizes 76 mm to 2134 mm Diameter ( kg / m )
0.30 mm
Dia. (mm)
76 102 127 152 178 203 229 254 279 305 356 406 457 508 559 610 660 711 762 813 864 914 1016 1118 1219 1270 1372 1422 1524 1829 2134 Seam Gage Spiral 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.0 3.3 Long. 0.89 1.15 1.40 1.65 1.90 2.17 2.43 2.68 2.93 3.18 3.71 4.21 4.73
0.38 mm
Seam Gage Spiral 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.4 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.9 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.3 7.0 7.7 Long. 1.06 1.37 1.67 1.96 2.28 2.57 2.89 3.18 3.50 3.79 4.40 5.01 5.63 6.24 6.85 7.46
0.45 mm
Seam Gage Spiral 1.3 1.8 2.1 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.2 4.5 5.2 6.0 6.5 7.4 8.0 8.9 9.8 10.4 10.6 Long. 1.22 1.58 1.93 6.76 2.63 2.99 3.35 3.69 4.05 4.40 5.10 5.82 6.52 7.23 7.93 8.63 9.34 10.0 10.8 11.5 12.2 12.9 14.3 15.7 17.1
0.61 mm

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N8m

GALVANIZED ROUND DUCT 22 to 16 Gage - Sizes 3 in. to 84 in. Diameter ( lbs / foot )
22 Gage
Dia. (in.)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 40 44 48 50 54 56 60 72 84 14.2 15.5 17.4 18.7 19.5 Seam Gage Spiral 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.5 4.0 4.4 4.7 5.4 6.2 6.9 7.8 8.4 9.5 10.3 11.0 11.8 12.6 Long. 1.28 1.65 2.02 2.39 2.75 3.12 3.49 3.86 4.23 4.60 5.33 6.07 6.80 7.54 8.28 9.01 9.75 10.49 11.22 11.96 12.70 13.43 14.91 16.38 17.85 18.59 20.06 20.79 22.27 26.69 31.11 16.6 18.5 20.5 22.2 23.3
20 Gage
Seam Gage Spiral 1.3 1.8 2.3 2.6 3.3 3.7 4.0 4.7 5.1 5.2 6.4 7.3 8.1 9.0 9.9 11.0 12.2 12.9 13.6 14.6 Long. 1.51 1.94 2.38 2.81 3.24 3.68 4.11 4.54 4.98 5.41 6.28 7.15 8.01 8.88 9.75 10.83 11.48 12.35 13.22 14.09 14.95 15.82 17.56 19.29 21.03 21.89 23.63 24.50 26.23 31.44 36.64
18 Gage
16 Gage
Seam Gage Spiral Long. 2.42 3.12 3.81 5.0 5.8 6.7 7.5 8.3 9.1 10.0 11.7 13.4 15.0 16.7 18.4 20.0 21.7 23.4 25.0 26.7 30.0 33.4 36.7 40.1 41.7 45.1 46.7 50.1 4.51 5.20 5.90 6.60 7.29 7.98 8.68 10.08 11.47 12.86 14.25 15.84 17.04 18.43 19.82 21.21 22.60 24.00 25.38 28.17 30.96 33.74 35.13 37.91 39.31 42.09 50.44 58.79
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N9

GALVANIZED ROUND DUCT 0.76 to 1.52 mm Thick - Sizes 76 mm to 2134 mm Diameter ( kg / m )
0.76 mm
Dia. (mm)
76 102 127 152 178 203 229 254 279 305 356 406 457 508 559 610 660 711 762 813 864 914 1016 1118 1219 1270 1372 1422 1524 1829 2134 21.1 23.1 25.9 27.8 29.0 Seam Gage Spiral 1.8 2.2 3.0 3.6 4.2 4.8 5.2 6.0 6.5 7.0 8.0 9.2 10.3 11.6 12.5 14.1 15.3 16.4 17.6 18.8 Long. 1.90 2.46 3.01 3.56 4.09 4.64 5.19 5.74 6.29 6.85 7.93 9.03 10.12 11.22 12.32 13.41 14.51 15.61 16.70 17.80 18.90 19.99 22.19 24.38 26.56 27.66 29.85 30.94 33.14 39.72 46.30 24.7 27.5 30.5 33.0 34.7
0.91 mm
Seam Gage Spiral 1.9 2.7 3.4 3.9 4.9 5.5 6.0 7.0 7.6 7.7 9.5 10.9 12.1 13.4 14.7 16.4 18.2 19.2 20.2 21.7 Long. 2.25 2.89 3.54 4.18 4.82 5.48 6.12 6.76 7.41 8.05 9.35 10.64 11.92 13.21 14.51 16.12 17.08 18.38 19.67 20.97 22.25 23.54 26.13 28.71 31.30 32.58 35.17 36.46 39.03 46.79 54.53
1.21 mm
1.52 mm
Seam Gage Spiral Long. 3.60 4.64 5.67 7.4 8.6 10.0 11.2 12.4 13.5 15.0 17.4 19.9 22.3 24.9 27.4 30.0 32.3 34.8 37.2 39.7 44.6 49.7 54.6 59.7 62.1 67.1 69.5 74.6 6.71 7.74 8.78 9.82 10.85 11.88 12.92 15.00 17.07 19.14 21.21 23.57 25.36 27.43 29.50 31.56 33.63 35.72 37.77 41.92 46.07 50.21 52.28 56.42 58.50 62.64 75.06 87.49

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N9m
GALVANIZED SHEET METAL CONVERSION CHARTS
Table A - Converting Lighter Gages to Heavier Gages

Gage 28 26 24 22 20 18 26 1.16 24 1.48 1.27 22 1.85 1.55 1.22 20 2.12 1.83 1.43 1.18 18 2.76 2.38 1.87 1.53 1.30 16 3.40 2.93 2.30 1.89 1.60 1.23
Table B - Converting Heavier Gages to Lighter Gages

Gage 28 26 24 22 20 18 26 0.86 24 0.67 0.78 22 0.55 0.65 0.82 20 0.47 0.55 0.70 0.85 18 0.36 0.42 0.53 0.65 0.77 16 0.29 0.34 0.43 0.53 0.63 0.81
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
N10
GALVANIZED SHEET METAL CONVERSION CHARTS
Table A - Converting to Thicker Sheet Metal Duct

Thick.(mm) 0.38 0.45 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.21 0.45 1.16 0.61 1.48 1.27 0.76 1.85 1.55 1.22 0.91 2.12 1.83 1.43 1.18 1.21 2.76 2.38 1.87 1.53 1.30 1.52 3.40 2.93 2.30 1.89 1.60 1.23
Table B - Converting to Thinner Sheet Metal Duct

Thick.(mm) 0.38 0.45 0.61 0.76 0.91 1.21 0.45 0.86 0.61 0.67 0.78 0.76 0.55 0.65 0.82 0.91 0.47 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.21 0.36 0.42 0.53 0.65 0.77 1.52 0.29 0.34 0.43 0.53 0.63 0.81

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
N10m
RISER PIPING
ANCHORAGE TO STRUCTURE (2) OR (4) BOLT SOCKET CLAMP AND WASHERS SUPPORT STRUCTURE
10 BOLT DIAMETERS (IF CONCRETE)
STANDARD RISER PIPE SUPPORT
PIPE JOINT CONNECTION STABILIZER BAR (2) BOLT RISER CLAMP
HUBLESS RISER PIPE JOINT BRACE
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
R1
END OF SECTION
SCB - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE

PRESTRETCHED GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 19 STRAND CORE D PRESTRETCHED GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 19 STRAND CORE
SCB-0
E D CABLE BRACE ANCHOR (Formed Steel)
TYPE SCB ASSEMBLY RATINGS AS CONTROLLED BY CABLE BREAKING STRENGTH
C A B F
OSHPD Cable Dia. Size SCB-0 in (mm) 1/16* (1.6) 3/32* (2.4) 3/32 (2.4) 1/8 (3) 3/16 (5) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) Max. Ratings lbs (kN) 235 (1) 460 (2.1) 500 (2.2) 975 (4.3) 2050 (9.1) 3150 (14.0) 6875 (30.5)
Minimum Torque on Bolts ft-lbs (N-m) 30 (41) 30 (41) 30 (41) 25 (34) 45 (61) 55 (75) 200 (271)
"H" BOLT DIA. E "G" HOLE DIA.
SCB-0 SCB-0 SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-4
C B A
* 7 x 7 STRAND CORE
TYPE SCB ANCHOR DIMENSIONS - inches (mm)

Size SCB-0 A 1 5/16 (33) 1 3/8 (35) 1 5/8 (41) 2 (51) 3 1/8 (79) B 1 1/2 (38) 2 (51) 2 3/4 (70) 3 1/2 (89) 5 (127) C 3/4 (19) 1 (25) D 15/16 (24) 15/16 (24) E 1 3/4 (44) 3 3/8 (86) 4 3/8 (111) 4 3/4 (121) 5 3/4 (146) (-) 1 1/2 (38) 1 3/4 (45) 2 (51) 2 1/4 (57) F G 7/16 (13) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) 13/16 (21) 1 5/16 (33) H 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
SCB-1 thru 4
SCB-1 SCB-2 SCB-3 SCB-4
1 3/8 1 3/16 (35) (30) 1 3/4 1 7/16 (45) (37) 2 1/2 1 15/16 (64) (49)
NOTE: BRACKET MATERIAL IS A36 STEEL
APPROVED


Page
X1
SCBH - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE WITH HOOK ATTACHMENT

PRE-STRETCHED GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 19 STRAND CORE D
PRESTRETCHED GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 19 STRAND CORE D
SCBH-0 C
B
"H" BOLT DIA. E
TYPE SCBH ASSEMBLY RATINGS AS CONTROLLED BY CABLE BREAKING STRENGTH

OSHPD Cable Dia. Size in (mm) 1/16* (1.6) 3/32 (2.4) 1/8 (3) 3/16 (5) 1/4 (6) Max. Ratings lbs (kN) 235 (1) 500 (2.2) 975 (4.3) 2050 (9.1) 3150 (14.0) Minimum Torque on Bolts ft-lbs (N-m) 30 (41) 30 (41) 25 (34) 45 (61) 55 (75)
"G" INSIDE HOOK DIA.
SCBH-0 SCBH-0 SCBH-1 SCBH-2
CABLE BRACE ANCHOR (Formed Steel)
SCBH-3
* 7 x 7 STRAND CORE
B A
Size SCBH-0
TYPE SCBH ANCHOR DIMENSIONS - inches (mm)

Additional Standard Rod Sizes Rod Size with Washer* A 3/8 1/4 1 3/8 (10) (6) (35) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 1 1/8 (29) 3/8 to 1/2 (10 to 13) 1/2 to 3/4 (13 to 19) 5/8 to 1 (16 to 25) 1 7/8 (48) 2 7/8 (73) 3 1/2 (89) B C D 2 1/16 11/16 15/16 (52) (18) (24) 2 3/8 (60) 3 3/4 (95) 4 3/4 (121) 1 (25) 1 3/8 (35) 1 3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1 3/16 (30) 1 7/16 (37) E 1 3/4 (45) 3 3/8 (86) 4 3/8 (111) 4 3/4 (121) F (-) 1 1/2 (38) 1 3/4 (45) 2 (51) G 3/8 (10) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) 1 1/8 (29) H 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19)
SCBH-1 thru 3
SCBH-1 SCBH-2 SCBH-3
STANDARD ROD WITH FULL NUT
PULL SCBHs SNUG BEFORE TIGHTENING NUT.
STANDARD WASHER (Min. OD=2.5 x Rod Dia.)
PLAN VIEW OF SCBH INSTALLATION

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
X2
SCBV - SEISMIC CABLE BRACE WITH BEAM CLAMP ATTACHMENT
"C" VICE LOCK BOLT DIA.
LOCK NUT
TYPE SCBV ASSEMBLY RATINGS AS CONTROLLED BY CABLE BREAKING STRENGTH
OSHPD Cable Dia. Size SCBV-1 in (mm) 1/8 (3) 3/16 (5) 1/4 (6) Max. Ratings lbs (kN) 975 (4.3) 2050 45 (9.1) 3150 (14.0) Minimum Torque on Bolts ft-lbs (N-m) 25 (34) (61) 55 (75)
STRUCTURAL BEAM BY OTHERS
DUCTILE VISE SWIVEL CABLE HOLDER "E" CABLE RETENTION BOLT DIA.
SCBV-2 SCBV-3
NOTE:
"F" DIA. BEAM HOOK "G" LENGTH
Not to be used as a vertical hanger for equipment, ductwork or piping. To be used as a seismic restraint only. The structural engineer of record must check the structural steel for the seismic loads from the seismic restraint system.
PRESTRETCHED GALVANIZED AIR CRAFT CABLE 7 x 19 STRAND CORE
TYPE SCBV ANCHOR DIMENSIONS - inches (mm)

VICE JAW Size SCBV-1 SCBV-2 SCBV-3 Width Clearance Depth 1 7/8 (48) 2 7/8 (73) 3 3/8 (86) 2 3/8 (60) 3 (76) 3 3/4 (95) 7/16 (11) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) A 1 7/8 (48) 2 7/8 (73) 3 3/8 (86) B 2 3/8 (60) 3 (76) 3 3/4 (95) C 7/16 (11) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) D 1 1/2 (38) 1 3/4 (44) 2 (51) E 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) F 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) G Beam Flange Width Range 10 3 1/2 - 8 1/2 (254) (89 - 216) 12 (305) 12 (305) 3 1/2 - 10 (89 - 254) 4 - 9 1/2 (102 - 241)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
X3
SSB(U) & SSBS - SEISMIC SOLID BRACE

TYPE SSBS ANCHORS DIMENSIONS - inches (mm)
Size SSBS-12 SSBS-20 SSBS-25 A 17/32 25/32 1 1/32 (13) (20) (26) For Rod Sizes 3/8 & 1/2 5/8 & 3/4 7/8 & 1 (9 & 13) (16 & 19) (22 & 25)
"A" Hole Dia. 2" [51] 1 11/16" [43] 17/32" [14] Hole Dia. 2 1/4" [57] 1 1/4" [32]
TYPE SSB(U) & SSBS ANCHOR RATINGS

OSHPD Max. Ratings lbs (kN) Minimum Torque on Bolts ft-lbs (N-m) 50 (68) 50 (68) 55 (75) 200 (271)
Solid Brace Anchor (Formed Steel)
Size SSBS-12
1250 (5.6) 3000 SSBS-20, 25 (13.4) 5000 SSB(U)-3 (22.2) 8750 SSB-4 (38.9)
1 7/8" [48]
2"
3 3/4" [95]
STRUT ATTACHMENT PLATE PROVIDED WITH SSBU ONLY SOLID BRACE ANCHOR (Formed Steel)
1 15/16" [49]
SSBS-12, 20 & 25
D
TYPE SSB & SSBS ANCHOR RATINGS WITH STEEL BRACE MEMBERS
OSHPD Max. Minimum Ratings Minimum Steel Brace Member - in (mm) at Maximum Brace Length 5'-0" (1.5 m) 9'-6'' (2.9 m) 14'-6" (4.4 m)
"H" HOLE DIA. E "G" HOLE DIA.
Size SSBS-12
lbs (kN) 1250 (5.6)
1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 3 1/4 Strut (41x41 Strut) (41x41 Strut) (41x83 Strut) N/A
SSBS-20, 25 SSB(U)-3 SSB-4
3000 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 Strut 1 5/8 x 3 1/4 Strut (41x41 Strut) (41x83 Strut) (13.4)
5000 2 x 2 x 1/4 Angle ** 3 x 3 x 1/4 Angle** 4 x 4 x 1/4 Angle (22.3) (51x51x6 Angle)** (76x76x6 Angle)** (102x102x6 Angle) 8125 (36.1) 3 x 3 x 1/4 Angle 4 x 4 x 1/4 Angle 5 x 5 x 3/8 Angle (76x76x6 Angle) (102x102x6 Angle) (127x127x10 Angle)
SSB-3 & 4
C B A
** 1 5/8 x 3 1/4 x 12ga (41 mm x 83 mm x 2.7 mm) formed strut may be substituted using the Type SSBU component.
TYPE SSB ANCHOR DIMENSIONS - inches (mm)

Size SSB(U)-3 SSB-4 A B C D E F G H J 2 (51) 3 1/2 (89) 1 3/4 (44) 1 7/16 (37) 3 1/8 (79) 5 (127) 2 1/2 (64) 1 15/16 (49) 4 3/4 (121) 2 (51) 13/16 (21) 3/4 (19) 9 (229) 5 3/4 (146) 2 1/4 (57) 1 5/16 (33) 1 (25) ----------

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
X4
SRC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMP
TYPE SRC WITH STEEL ANGLE ASSEMBLY RATINGS

Rod Size in (mm) Maximum Compr. Force lbs (kN) 75 (0.3) 425 (1.9) 1275 (5.6) 1200 (5.3) 1475 (6.5) 1325 (5.9) 2500 (11.1) 4600 (20.4) 4400 (19.5) 5800 (25.8) 6900 (30.7) 9600 (42.7) 12000 (53.4) Steel Angle Stiffener Maximum Max. SRC Min. Length Spacing Size in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) 1 x 1 x 1/8 (25 x 25 x 3) 1 x 1 x 1/8 (25 x 25 x 3) 1 x 1 x 1/8 (25 x 25 x 3) 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 (38 x 38 x 6) 1 x 1 x 1/8 (25 x 25 x 3) 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 (38 x 38 x 6) 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 (38 x 38 x 6) 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 (38 x 38 x 6) 2 x 2 x 1/4 (51 x 51 x 6) 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 (38 x 38 x 6) 2 x 2 x 1/4 (51 x 51 x 6) 2 x 2 x 1/4 (51 x 51 x 6) 2 x 2 x 1/4 (51 x 51 x 6) 96 (2438) 96 (2438) 96 (2438) 120 (3048) 96 (2438) 120 (3048) 144 (3658) 132 (3353) 144 (3658) 132 (3353) 144 (3658) 144 (3658) 144 (3658) 14 (356) 22 (559) 31 (787) 31 (787) 39 (991) 39 (991) 48 (1212) 56 (1422) 56 (1422) 65 (1651) 65 (1651) 73 (1854) 82 (2083)
"C" ANGLE SIZE
"D" ROD SIZE
1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13)
5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22)
1 (25) 1 1/8 (29) 1 1/4 (32)
A "B" LOCKING BOLT
Note: Refer to Page G1 for SRC installation details.
TYPE SRC DIMENSIONS - inches (mm)

D Size SRC-1 SRC-1 1/2 SRC-2 A 1 3/8 (35) 1 9/16 (40) 1 3/4 (44) B 1/2 x 1 3/4 Long (13 x 44 Long) 5/8 x 2 Long (16 x 51 Long) 5/8 x 3 Long (16 x 76 Long) C 1 x 1 x 1/8 (25 x 25 x 3) 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1/4 (38 x 38 x 6) 2 x 2 x 1/4 (51 x 51 x 6) Acceptable Rod Size 1/4 to 5/8 (6 to 16) 1/2 to 1 (13 to 25) 7/8 to 1 1/4 (22 to 32)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
X5
UC - SEISMIC ROD CLAMPS FOR STRUT CHANNELS
"C" LOCKING BOLT
TYPE UC WITH STEEL STRUT ASSEMBLY RATINGS

Rod Size in (mm) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) Maximum Compr. Force lbs (kN) 75 (0.3) 425 (1.9) 1275 (5.6) 1200 (5.3) 1475 (6.5) 1325 (5.9) 2500 (11.1) Strut Stiffener Minimum Size in (mm) 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 Gage (41 x 41 x 2.5) 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 Gage (41 x 41 x 2.5) 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 Gage (41 x 41 x 2.5) 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 Gage (41 x 41 x 2.5) 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 Gage (41 x 41 x 2.5) 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 Gage (41 x 41 x 2.5) 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 12 Gage (41 x 41 x 2.5) Max. Length in (mm) 96 (2438) 96 (2438) 96 (2438) 120 (3048) 96 (2438) 120 (3048) 144 (3658) Maximum UC Spacing in (mm) 14 (356) 22 (559) 31 (787) 31 (787) 39 (991) 39 (991) 48 (1212)
5/8 (16) 3/4 (19)
TYPE UC DIMENSIONS - inches (mm)

D Size A 1 (25) 1 1/4 (32) B 1 1/8 (28) 1 1/8 (28) C 3/8"-16 UNC 1/2"-13 UNC Acceptable Rod Size 3/8 to 1/2 (10 to 13) 5/8 to 3/4 (16 to 19)
"D" ROD SIZE
UC-1 UC-2

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
X5A
CCB - CLEVIS CROSSBOLT BRACE

(1) BOLT CLEVIS CROSSBOLT BRACE - Clevis Sizes 1 1/2 IN. to 2 1/2 IN. (38 mm to 64 mm) L A C (Hole Diameter) D (Bolt Size) H B W (2) BOLT CLEVIS CROSSBOLT BRACE - Clevis Sizes 3 IN. to 30 IN. (76 mm to 762 mm) L A A C (Hole Diameter) D (Bolt Size) H
B W
CCB DIMENSIONS - inches (mm)

Size CCB - 1 1/2 (38) CCB - 2 (51) CCB - 2 1/2 (64) CCB - 3 (76) CCB - 4 (102) CCB - 5 (127) CCB - 6 (152) CCB - 8 (203) CCB - 10 (254) CCB - 12 (305) CCB - 14 (356) CCB - 16 (406) CCB - 18 (457) CCB - 20 (508) CCB - 24 (610) CCB - 30 (762) L 1 7/8 (48) 2 3/8 (60) 2 7/8 (73) 3 1/2 (89) 4 1/2 (114) 5 9/16 (141) 6 5/8 (168) 8 5/8 (219) 10 3/4 (273) 12 3/4 (324) 14 (356) 16 (406) 18 (457) 20 (508) 24 (610) 30 (762) W 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 1/8 (29) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) H 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 1/8 (29) 1 1/8 (29) 1 1/8 (29) 1 5/16 (33) 1 5/16 (33) 1 7/16 (37) 1 9/16 (40) 1 9/16 (40) 1 11/16 (43) 1 7/8 (48) 2 (51) 2 1/2 (64) 2 1/2 (64) 2 1/2 (64) A 15/16 (24) 1 3/16 (30) 1 7/16 (37) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 1/2 (38) 2 (51) 2 1/2 (64) 3 (76) 3 1/2 (89) 4 (102) 4 1/2 (114) 5 (127) 6 (152) 7 1/2 (191) B 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) C 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) D 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 1/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 32) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 1/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 32) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 1/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 32) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 1/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 32) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 1/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 32) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 3/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 44) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 3/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 44) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 3/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 44) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 3/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 44) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 3/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 44) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 1 3/4 (10 - 16 UNC x 44) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 2 (10 - 16 UNC x 51) 3/8 - 16 UNC x 2 (10 - 16 UNC x 51) 1/2 - 13 UNC x 2 1/2 (13 - 13 UNC x 64) 1/2 - 13 UNC x 2 1/2 (13 - 13 UNC x 64) 1/2 - 13 UNC x 2 1/2 (13 - 13 UNC x 64)
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
X6
EXPANSION ANCHORS
Table 1- ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor Ratings into 3000 psi (20,680 kPa) Stone Aggregate Concrete, ICBO Report ER-1372, Tables 7, 8 and 9.
Minimum Anchor Embedment in (mm) 1 1/2 (38) 3 (76) 2 1/4 (57) 4 1/8 (105) 2 3/4 (70) 5 1/8 (130) 3 1/4 (83) 6 5/8 (168) Minimum Edge Distance in (mm) 2 5/8 (67) 3 3/4 (95) 4 (102) 5 1/4 (133) 4 7/8 (124) 6 1/2 (165) 5 3/4 (146) 8 3/8 (213) Minimum Anchor Spacing in (mm) 5 1/4 (133) 6 (152) 7 7/8 (200) 6 1/4 (159) 9 5/8 (244) 7 3/4 (197) 11 3/8 (289) 10 (254) Shear with IR-26-6 Reduction lbs (kN) 492 (2.2) 812 (3.6) 952 (4.2) 1448 (6.4) 1424 (6.3) 2148 (9.5) 2348 (10.4) 4400 (19.6)
Anchor Size in (mm) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
Installation Torque ft-lbs (N-m) 25 (34) 25 (34) 55 (75) 55 (75) 90 (122) 90 (122) 175 (237) 175 (237)
Standard Tension lbs (kN) 245 (1.1) 585 (2.6) 610 (2.7) 890 (3.9) 860 (3.8) 1340 (6.0) 1120 (5.0) 1790 (8.0)
Standard Shear lbs (kN) 615 (2.7) 1015 (4.5) 1190 (5.3) 1810 (8.0) 1780 (7.9) 2685 (11.9) 2935 (13.0) 5500 (24.5)
Table 2- ITW Ramset/Red Head Trubolt Wedge Anchor Ratings into Lower Flute of Minimum 20 gage (0.9 mm) Steel Deck with 3000 psi (20,680 kPa) Lightweight Concrete Fill, ICBO Report ER-1372, Tables 7, 8 and 14.
Minimum Anchor Embedment in (mm) 1 1/2 (38) 3 (76) 2 1/4 (57) 3 (76) 3 (76) 5 (127) 3 1/4 (83) 5 1/4 (133) Minimum Edge Distance in (mm) 2 5/8 (67) 3 3/4 (95) 4 (102) 5 1/4 (133) 4 7/8 (124) 6 1/2 (165) 5 3/4 (146) 8 3/8 (213) Minimum Anchor Spacing in (mm) 5 1/4 (133) 6 (152) 7 7/8 (200) 6 1/4 (159) 9 5/8 (245) 7 3/4 (197) 11 3/8 (289) 10 (254) Shear with IR-26-6 Reduction lbs (kN) 632 (2.8) 800 (3.5) 1076 (4.8) 1324 (5.9) 1100 (4.9) 1828 (8.1) 1776 (7.9) n/a
Anchor Size in (mm) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19)
Installation Torque ft-lbs (N-m) 25 (34) 25 (34) 55 (75) 55 (75) 90 (122) 90 (122) 175 (237) 175 (237)
Standard Tension lbs (kN) 237 (1.1) 355 (1.6) 425 (1.9) 560 (2.5) 590 (2.6) 822 (3.6) 730 (3.2) 880 (3.9)
Standard Shear lbs (kN) 790 (3.5) 1000 (4.4) 1345 (6.0) 1655 (7.3) 1375 (6.1) 2285 (10.2) 2220 (9.8) n/a
Notes: Anchors must be installed in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and the respective ICBO Report including tabulated edge distances and spacings listed above. For combined tension and shear loads on anchors, use the following equation:
5 3 5 3
Where:
PS PT
VS VT
Ps, Vs = Applied Loads Pt, Vt = Allowable Loads Ratings may not be increased to accommodate periodic loads such as wind or seismic loads.

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
X7
EXPANSION ANCHOR TEST VALUES
Anchor Size in (mm) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19)
Option 1 Concrete Slab Test Values lbs (kN) 1170 (5.2) 1780 (7.9) 2680 (11.9) 3580 (15.9)
Option 2 Concrete Deck Test Values lbs (kN) 710 (3.2) 1120 (5.0) 1644 (7.3) 1760 (7.8)
Torque Test Values ft-lbs (N-m) 25 (34) 50 (68) 80 (108) 150 (203)
NOTES:
1. 2. Anchor diameter refers to the thread size. Apply proof test loads to anchors without removing the nut if possible. If not, remove nut and install a threaded coupler to the same tightness of the original nut using a torque wrench and apply load. Reaction loads from test fixtures may be applied close to the anchor being tested, provided the anchor is not restrained from withdrawing by the fixture(s). Test equipment is to be calibrated by an approved testing laboratory in accordance with standard recognized procedures. Torque testing can occur on an individual basis when test procedures are submitted and approved by the enforcement agency. Tabulated values may be forthcoming once the enforcement agency has more data to evaluate the feasibility of standard torque values. The following criteria apply for the acceptance of installed anchors: HYDRAULIC RAM METHOD: The anchor should have no observable movement at the applicable test load. A practical way to determine observable movement is that the washer under the nut becomes loose. TORQUE WRENCH METHOD: The applicable test torque must be reached within 1/4 turn of the nut for 3/8" (10 mm) diameter anchors and 1/2 turn of the nut for all others. 7.
Testing should occur 24 hours minimum after installation of the subject anchors.
3.
4.
5.
6.
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
X8
SLDB - SEISMIC LOAD DISTRIBUTION BRACKET
3/4" (19 mm) DIA. HOLE FOR 5/8" (16 mm) EXPANSION ANCHOR AT EACH END. TYP. (2) PLACES MANUFACTURED WITH OR WITHOUT SLOT OPENING
13/16" (21 mm)
1 1/2" (38 mm) 3" (76 mm)
6" (152 mm) 12" (305 mm) 13 3/4" (349 mm)

1/2" X 1 1/2" (13 mm X 38 mm) HIGH STRENGTH A-325 BOLT FULL THREAD 3" (76 mm) DIA. PLATE TO PROVIDE SURFACE FOR SCB, SCBH, OR SSB SWIVEL ANCHOR
1 3/4" (44 mm)
1 1/2" (38 mm)
THIS FACE BOLTED TO CEILING
SLDB-2000

APPROVED
OPA-0349
Page
August 5, 2002
X9
SLDB - SEISMIC LOAD DISTRIBUTION BRACKET

3/4" (19 mm) DIA. HOLE FOR 5/8" (16 mm) EXPANSION ANCHOR AT EACH. TYP. (4) PLACES 13/16" (21 mm) 1 1/2" (38 mm)
3" (76 mm)
MANUFACTURED WITH OR WITHOUT SLOT OPENING
12" (305 mm)
6" (152 mm) 12" (304 mm) 13 3/4" (349 mm) 3/4" X 1 1/2" (19 mm X 38 mm) HIGH STRENGTH A-325 BOLT FULL THREAD.
3" (76 mm) DIA. PLATE TO PROVIDE SURFACE FOR SCB, SCBH, OR SSB SWIVEL ANCHOR 1 1/2" (38 mm)
1 3/4" (44 mm)
THIS FACE BOLTED TO CEILING
SLDB-4000
APPROVED

OPA-0349
August 5, 2002
Page
X10
END OF SECTION
FLOOR FLOOR MOUNTED MOUNTED EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
SEISMIC RESTRAINT GUIDELINES FOR FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS
. . . . . . of . . Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM2 to FM4 Seismic Analysis and Certificates Anchorage Of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM5 to FM9 Housekeeping Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM10 to FM12 Rigidly Mounted Non-Isolated Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM13 to FM17 Direct Mounted Equipment Supported by Isolators with Built In Restraints . . . . . . . . .FM18 to FM20 Base Mounted Equipment Supported by Isolators with Built In Restraints . . . . . . . . . .FM21 to FM23 Base Mounted Equipment Using Isolators with Separate Seismic Snubbers . .FM24 to FM30 Dynamic Analysis of Floor Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM31 to FM32 Product Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM33 to FM52 SLR & SLREBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM33 to FM34 SLRS & SLRSEBP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM35 to FM40 SSLFH-X & SSLFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM41 to FM43 Z-1011 & Z-1225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .FM44 to FM45 HPA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FM46 RBA, RCA & RDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM47 BR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . FM48 HG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM49 SAB, SAS & SAA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM50 to FM52
MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. NY NY Mailing Mailing Address Address P.O. P.O. Box Box 410 410 Smithtown, Smithtown, NY NY 11787 11787
350 FAX 631/348-0279 350Rabro RabroDrive DriveHauppauge, Hauppauge,NY NY11788 11788 631/348-0282 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 2101 FAX 714/535-5738 2101W. W.Crescent CrescentAve., Ave.,Suite SuiteD DAnaheim, Anaheim,CA CA92801 92801 714/535-2727 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 Email EmailAddresses Addresses Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
Page Page
FM1
FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT UNDER IBC 2000/2003

Other codes such as the BOCA, SBCCI and UBC are still in use in some areas and would have different values.
SEISMIC ANALYSIS
A seismic restraint system must be designed to accommodate the forces as called for in chapter 16 of the code. The analysis should include all dead and seismic loads, including the capacity of the connections to the equipment and the structure. A detailed design of the anchorage, such as the bolt diameter, length, embedment, or weld size and length is required. Analysis should also include calculations for relative displacement to avoid equipment impacting other equipment or structural elements of the building. This can be calculated by knowing the floor to ceiling height. The relative displacement can be calculated as 0.01 x the floor to ceiling height. This displacement must not cause impact or disconnection of components of the equipment, piping, ductwork or electrical connections. These relative movements should be handled as follows: Piping systems should use proper flex connections to take up this movement in both horizontal directions. Ductwork should use proper flex connections to take up this movement in both horizontal directions. Electrical connections must have loops or other means of flexibility to take up this movement in both horizontal directions. There are significant changes between the older model codes (BOCA, SBCCI and UBC) and the new IBC 2000/2003 codes. One of the main changes is the requirement in the IBC that essential systems in essential facilities as defined in Seismic Use Group III (refer to page FM4) must be operational after the designated earthquake. A certificate of compliance is required by code to attest to the systems seismic capabilities. This is the first time system fragility levels are considered for commercial projects.
CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE
Useful Excerpts from Sections 16 and 17 of IBC 2000/2003 Read entire sections in IBC 2000/2003 for complete understanding
Section 1613.1 DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. Those architectural, electrical, and mechanical systems and their components that require design in accordance with Section 1621 that have a component importance factor, Ip, greater than one. COMPONENT. A part of element of an architectural, electrical, mechanical, or structural system. Component, equipment. A mechanical or electrical component or element that is part of a mechanical or electrical system within or without a building. Component, flexible. Component, including its attachments, having a fundamental period greater than 0.06 second. Component, rigid. Component, including its attachments, having a fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 second. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
SPECIAL INSPECTOR 1704.1 General. Where application is made for construction as described in this section, the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge acting as the owners agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspections during construction on the types of work listed under Section 1704. The special inspector shall be a qualified person who shall demonstrate competence, to the satisfaction of the building official, for inspection of the particular type of construction or operation requiring special inspection. These inspections are in addition to the inspections specified in Section 109.
Page
FM2
MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. NY Mailing Address P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787
350 Rabro Drive Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite D Anaheim, CA 92801 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 Email Addresses Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com

1707.7.2 Component and attachment testing. The component manufacturer shall test or analyze the component and the component mounting system or anchorage for the design forces in Chapter 16 for those components having a Component Importance Factor of 1.0 or 1.5 in accordance with Chapter 16. The manufacturer shall submit a certificate of compliance for review and acceptance by the registered design professional responsible for the design, and for approval by the building official. The basis of certification shall be by test on a shaking table, by three-dimensional shock tests, by an analytical method using dynamic characteristics and forces from Chapter 16 or by more rigorous analysis. The special inspector shall inspect the component and verify that the label, anchorage or mounting conforms to the certificate of compliance. 1708.5 Mechanical and electrical equipment. Each manufacturer of designated seismic system components shall test or analyze the component and its mounting system or anchorage and shall submit a certificate of compliance for review and acceptance by the registered design professional in responsible charge of the design of the designated seismic system and for approval by the building official. The evidence of compliance shall be by actual test on a shake table, by three-dimensional shock tests, by an analytical method using dynamic characteristics and forces, by the use of experience data (i.e., historical data demonstrating acceptable seismic performance), or by more rigorous analysis providing for equivalent safety. The special inspector shall examine the designated seismic system and shall determine whether the anchorages and label conform with the evidence of compliance. CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE
Definitions of I p, Seismic Use Groups I, II & III and Seismic Design Categories A, B, C & D follow this table
IBC 2000/2003 SEISMIC ANALYSIS REQUIREMENTS
Seismic Use Group I II II III III Seismic Design Category A,B A,B,C C C,D,E,F C,D,E,F Equipment Importance Factor Ip = 1.0 or 1.5 Ip = 1.0 Ip = 1.5 Ip = 1.0 Ip = 1.5 Analysis Type Static Exempt* Dynamic Not Required Certificate of Compliance Not Required Not Required YES** Not Required YES
TABLE 1
Exempt* Not Required YES YES** (Anchorage only) YES Not Required (Anchorage only) YES YES
* Exempt per Section 1621.1.1 Exception (1,2,3,4) ** Only for Life Safety Equipment. components
Ip Importance factor, Ip = 1.5 for life safety, hazardous & essential systems and 1.0 for all other I. Buildings and other structures except those listed in categories II and III. II. Buildings and other structures that represent a substantial hazard to human life in the event Seismic Use Groups
of failure including, but not limited to: Buildings and other structures where more than 300 people congregate in one area Buildings and other structures with elementary school, secondary school or day-care facilities with capacity greater than 250
Page
FM3

Seismic Use Groups (continued)
Buildings and other structures with a capacity greater than 500 for colleges or adult education facilities Health care facilities with a capacity of 50 or more resident patients but not having surgery or emergency treatment facilities Jails and detention facilities Any other occupancy with an occupant load greater than 5,000 Power-generating stations, water treatment for potable water, waste water treatment facilities and other public utility facilities not included in Category III Buildings and other structures not included in Category III containing sufficient quantities of toxic or explosive substances to be dangerous to the public if released
III. Buildings and other structures designated as essential facilities including, but not limited to:
Hospitals and other health care facilities having surgery or emergency treatment facilities Fire, rescue and police stations and emergency vehicle garages Designated earthquake, hurricane or other emergency shelters Designated emergency preparedness, communication, and operation centers and other facilities required for emergency response Power-generating stations and other public utility facilities required as emergency back-up facilities for Category III structures Structures containing highly toxic materials Aviation control towers, air traffic control centers and emergency aircraft hangars Buildings and other structures having critical national defense functions Water treatment facilities required to maintain water pressure for fire suppression TABLE 1A SELECTION OF SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY (A, B, C, D) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY Seismic Use Seismic Use Seismic Use Group I Group II Group III A B C D A B C D A C D D
Value of Sds 0 to 0.167g 0.168g to 0.330g 0.331g to 0.500g Over 0.500g

Ss Sds Fa
Mapped spectral response acceleration at short periods Design spectral response acceleration Sds = 2/3 (Ss x Fa) where Fa is the soil site coefficient Site coefficient for site specific soil. Fa is 1.7 for Ss up to 0.50, 1.2 for Ss above 0.5 up to 0.75, 1.1 for Ss above 0.75 up to 1.0 and 1.0 for Ss above 1.0
Page
FM4
FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT

ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT
Proper cast in anchors are always preferable, but it is usually impractical to locate them during construction, therefore post installed anchors must be used. These drill in anchors can be either expansion (wedge) or adhesive (chemical). Wedge anchors are load assisted, and therefore provide excellent resistance to vibration and shock loadings. Their slip potential is actually a positive feature in seismic applications, giving early warning of potential failure whereas other anchors fail catastrophically. Adhesive anchors offer high load capacity, closer edge and spacer distances. Most adhesive anchors cannot be used in overhead applications. Mason offers three types of anchors: 1. The Mason SAB Seismic Anchor Bolt [FM50] is a female threaded wedge utilizing a cap screw to fasten equipment. This design is for use with restrained mounts and snubbers where periodic removal and inspection may be required as the SAB's do not require lifting of mounts or snubbers over a stud. 2. The Mason SAS Seismic Anchor Stud [FM51] is the same wedge design as the SAB but with a protruding stud instead of a female thread. We offer this form for direct anchorage suspension applications such as with our SCB, Seismic Cable Brace system, for use on piping and suspended equipment. See pages FM50 and FM51 for information on these anchors. 3. The Mason SAA Seismic Adhesive Anchor [FM52] has a female thread and is furnished with a capscrew. Rather than a wedge it is locked in by an epoxy adhesive. This design is for use with restrained mounts and snubbers where periodic removal or inspection may be required as the SAA does not require lifting of the mounts or snubbers over a stud, or where closer edge distances or spacings are required. See FM52 for information on SAA. Another type of attachment to concrete is with embedded bolts. These are standard A-307 or higher quality bolts set into concrete as it is poured. One major problem with this system is the exact bolting arrangement needs to be known in advance for proper placement. Table 2 has allowable values for embedded bolts from chapter 19 of the 1997 UBC.
Allowable Loads (lbs & Kn) on Embedded Bolts (Stone aggregate concrete and minimum A307 bolts)
Bolt Dia. (in) Minimum Embedment (in) Minimum Edge Distance (in) Minimum Spacing (in)
Tension
TABLE 2
1/4 3/8 1/2
7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 Bolt Dia. (mm) 6 10 13
3/4
5/8
2-1/2 3 4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 5 5 6 7 8 9
Metric version of Table 2 continues on page FM6

Minimum Embedment (mm) 76 102 102
MASON INDUSTRIES, INC.

57 76 127 114 152 152 2.2 4.2 6.2 4.8 5.5 6.8 2.2 4.2 6.6 4.8 5.5 7.3
350 Rabro Drive Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 2101 Ave., Suite D Anaheim, CA FAX 714/535-5738 64 W. Crescent 38 76 0.892801 714/535-2727 2.2 0.8 2.2 0.8 Email Addresses Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
Minimum Minimum Concrete Strength (mPa) Minimum Edge Page Spacing Distance F'c = 13.8 F'c = 20.7 F'c = 27.6 NY (mm) Mailing Address Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787 (mm) P.O. Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear 2.2 4.2 6.6 4.8 5.5 7.7
1-1/2 2-1/4 3 5 3-3/4 6-1/4 4-1/2 7-1/2 5-1/4 6 6-3/4 7-1/2
3 4-1/2 6 6 7-1/2 7-1/2 9 9 10-1/2 12 13-1/2 15
200 500 950 1400 1500 2050 2250 2700 2550 2850 3400 4000
F'c = 2000
Minimum Concrete Strength (psi)

500 1100 1250 1550 2750 2900 2940 4250 3350 3750 4750 5800
Shear Tension
200 500 950 1500 1500 2200 2250 2950 2550 3250 3400 4000
F'c = 3000
500 1100 1250 1650 2750 3000 3560 4300 4050 4500 4750 5800
Shear
Tension
200 500 950 1500 1500 2400 2250 3200 2550 3650 3400 4000
F'c = 4000
500 1100 1250 1750 2750 3050 3560 4400 4050 5300 4750 5800
Shear
FM5 2.2
7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 Bolt Dia. (mm) 6 10 13 16 19 22 25 29 32
5 6 7 8 9 Minimum Embedment (mm) 64 76 102 102 114 114 127 127 152 178 203 229
Minimum Edge Distance (mm) 38 57 76 127 95 159 114 191 133 152 171 191
7 1/2 5-1/4 6 6-3/4 7-1/2

Minimum Spacing (mm) 76 114 152 152 191 191 229 229 268 305 343 381 F'c = 13.8
9 10-1/2 12 13-1/2 15
2700 2550 2850 3400 4000
Minimum Concrete Strength (mPa)

Shear
4250 3350 3750 4750 5800
2950 2550 3250 3400 4000
4300 4050 4500 4750 5800
3200 2550 3650 3400 4000
4400 4050 5300 4750 5800
Tension
0.8
2.2
Tension
F'c = 20.7
0.8 2.2
Shear
2.2
Tension
F'c = 27.6
0.8
Shear
2.2 4.8
2.2 4.2 6.2 6.6 9.1 10.0 12.0 11.3 12.6 15.1 17.8
4.8 5.5 6.8 12.2 12.9 13.0 18.9 14.9 16.6 21.1 25.8
4.8 5.5 7.3 12.2 13.3 15.8 19.1 18.0 20.0 21.1 25.8
2.2 4.2 6.6 6.6 10.6 10.0 14.2 11.3 16.2 15.1 17.8
4.2 6.6 6.6 9.7 10.0 13.1 11.3 14.4 15.1 17.8
5.5 7.7 12.2 13.5 15.8 19.5 18.0 23.5 21.1 25.8
Equipment mayalso alsobe be attached steel. The for determining loads rigidity at the Equipment can attached toto steel, such ascalculations a frame to elevate or to add the structural base the restraint are the same,for but you compare stresses rather than allowable to theof equipment. The calculations determining theallowable loads at the base of the restraint are the pullout loadings on the bolts. The Manual of Steel Construction, 9th edition as published by the same, but you compare allowable stresses instead of loadings on the bolts. The Manual of American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. gives you allowable stresses and formulas for Steel Construction, 9th edition as published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, determining the actual stress. Table 3 formulas is the tensile stress and the root areas for steel bolts. Inc. gives you allowable stresses and for determining actual stress. Table 3 isThe the following equations should be used to calculate the stresses. tensile stress and root areas for steel bolts. The following equations should be used to
calculate the stresses.
T Tensile Stress, ft = Abolt tsa
where, Atsa and Ara are the Tensile and Root areas of the bolt. Allowable Tensile Stress, Ft: the basic equation is,
and Shear Stress, fv =
Vbolt Ara
Allowable Shear Stress, Fv = 10,000 psi (68.9 MPa) x 1.33* = 13,333 psi (92 MPa) Ft = 26,000 psi (179.3 MPa) - 1.8fv < 20,000 psi (137.8 MPa) Ft = ( 26,000 - 1.8 fv) x 1.33*
If Ft is less that 20,000 psi (137.8 MPa), the allowable stress is: If Ft is over 20,000 psi (137.8 MPa), then Ft = 20,000 psi (137.8 MPa) x 1.33* = 26,666 psi (183.9 MPa) *A 33% 33% increase increase in in stress stress is is allowable allowed for *A inseismic seismicuse. applications.
Page
FM6
(in) 3/8
2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite D Anaheim, CA 92801 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 Bolt Diameter Tensile Stress Area Root Area Email Addresses Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com 350 Rabro Drive Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279
TABLE 3 MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. NY Mailing Address P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787
Tensile Stress Area and Root Area for Steel Bolts
(mm) 10 0.078 (in2) (mm2) 50.3 0.068 (in2) (mm2) 43.8
If Ft is over 20,000 psi (137.8 MPa), then Ft = 20,000 psi (137.8 MPa) x 1.33* = 26,666 psi (183.9 MPa)
FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT *A 33% increase in stress is allowed for seismic use.
TABLE 3 3 TABLE
2 2
(in) (in) 3/8 3/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8
Bolt Bolt Diameter Diameter
Tensile Stress Area andand Root Area for Steel Bolts Tensile Stress Area Root Area for Steel Bolts
(mm) (mm) 10 10 13 13 16 16 19 19 22 22 25 25 29 29 32 32
Tensile Tensile Stress Stress Area Area

(in (in ) ) 0.078 0.078 0.142 0.142 0.226 0.226 (mm ) (mm ) 50.3 50.3 91.6 91.6 145.8 145.8 215.5 215.5 298.0 298.0 390.9 390.9 492.2 492.2 625.1 625.1
2 2
(in (in ) ) 0.068 0.068

2 2
Root Root Area Area
1 1 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/4
0.334 0.334 0.462 0.462
0.126 0.126 0.202 0.202
2 (mm ) (mm2) 43.8 43.8
0.606 0.606 0.763 0.763 0.969 0.969
0.302 0.302 0.419 0.419
81.2 81.2 130.3 130.3 194.8 194.8 270.3 270.3 357.4 357.4 447.0 447.0 574.1 574.1
0.554 0.554 0.693 0.693 0.890 0.890
Equipment can be mounted to wood structures using lag screws. The capacities of the lag screws are based on the diameter (D), depth of penetration and the specific gravity of the wood. There are also dimensional limitations to the edges, ends and spacing between screws (see FM8). The minimum penetration is 4D, with full capacity at 8D. Table 4 has the allowable loads at both 4D and 8D. These are valid as long as the dimensional requirements of Table 5 are met. The values in Table 4 are for a specific gravity of wood of approximately 0.35, which is one of the lightest specific gravity woods. Woods with higher specific gravities will have a higher factor of safety. Lag Screw Allowable Values 8D
TABLE 4
7/8 1
3/4
5/8
1/2
3/8
(in)
Diameter
(mm) 10 13 16 19 22 25
Allowable Withdrawal Load (Tension)

(lbs) 442 267
4D
Allowable Lateral Load (Shear)

(lbs) 195 130
(kN) 1.15 1.95 2.9 4.0 5.2 6.6
(lbs) 885 535
4D
(kN) 2.3 3.9 5.8 8.0 10.4 13.2
(kN) .55 .85 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.55
(lbs) 390 260
8D
(kN) 1.1 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.0 5.1
Page
FM6
Page MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. NY Mailing Address- P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787 NY Mailing Address P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787
350 Rabro Drive Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 350 Rabro Drive Hauppauge, NY 11788 FAX 631/348-0279 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite D 631/348-0282 Anaheim, CA 92801 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite DAddresses Anaheim, CA 92801 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com Email Email Addresses Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
1490
1177
900
655
2980
2355
1800
1310
575
455
360
270
1150
910
720
540
FM7

Lag Screw Location Limitations 7D 4D
Table 5
(in) 1/2 3/8
Diameter
(mm) 10 13 16 19 22 25
Minimum Edge Distances

(in)
Minimum End Distances

(in) 2 (mm) 38 50 65 75 89 100
Minimum Spacing between Screws

(in)
5D
7/8 1
3/4
5/8
3-1/2 5-1/4 7 4-3/8
2-5/8
(mm) 67 89 111 133 155 178
1-1/2 2-1/2 3-1/2 4 3
1-7/8 3-1/8 4-3/8 5 3-3/4 2-1/2
(mm) 48 65 79 95 111 125
6-1/8
After finding the actual shear Vb and tension Tb on the lag screw, the values need to be combined. The combined load P is from the equation,
P = Tb2 + Vb2
The combined allowable load P
allowable
= tan-1
( )
Tb Vb
can be found using the following equation.
allowable=
W cos2
WZ
+ Z sin2
Comparing the two values, if P
allowable
> P , then the connection is adequate.
Page
FM8

When there is excessive clearance between anchor bolts and equipment holes, the equipment has a tendency to shear off the anchor bolts during earthquakes or bomb blasts at accelerations as low as 0.2 G. The reason as explained in the figure is a velocity buildup because of sliding. What was initially analyzed as a static system becomes dynamic.
INITIAL TRAVEL DOUBLE AMPLITUDE SHEAR FAILURE AT IMPACT
Type HG [FM49] neoprene hole grommets and Type HCF hole clearance filler provide quick solutions as they fill this clearance created by practical tolerances, off center bolts or the extreme situation where holes are enlarged on the jobsite by drilling or burning. HG grommets surround the bolt shaft and help deaccelerate the system.
IMPACT SHEAR FAILURE
HG GROMMET
HCF REMEDY (Hole Clearance Filler)
HG REMEDY [FM49] (Neoprene Hole Grommet)
Page
FM9

HOUSEKEEPING PADS
The floor diaphragm vibrates vertically and under resonant conditions generates more than 1G. This tosses the pad and the machine attached to it. As the pad crashes back it breaks up and the equipment loses all anchorage.
A major cause of equipment restraint failure is the breaking up of housekeeping pads. Virtually all housekeeping pads are poured independently after completion of the structure. In many cases there is no mechanical attachment to the structural floor and the pad itself may not be reinforced. HOUSEKEEPING PAD ANCHOR ONLY
The HPA anchor [FM46] is manufactured in three sizes and has three anchoring capacities. The inverted hexagonal pyramid locks into the cured housekeeping pad and has provision for passing 2 #3 rebars through the holes on top for positioning the pad reinforcement system.
Since housekeeping pad sizes and locations are not established until after SAS STUD a machine room floor is poured, there WEDGE ANCHOR is no way to cast in rebar pad stirrups. [FM51] There is an undefined engineering STRUCTURAL area as to who should design and FLOOR what type of cast in restraints should be used. In designing the HPA anchor system we have assumed the COMBINED HOUSEKEEPING PAD AND responsibility as part of our system SOLE PLATE ANCHOR certification. See Tables 6 & 7 on page SOLE PLATE ADDED ON TOP OF FM11 HPA Anchorage Guidelines. BOLT OR THREADED
STUD WITH NUT USE TWO OR MORE ANCHORS PER PLATE AS REQUIRED HOUSEKEEPING PAD WITH OR WITHOUT GROUT
HPA HOUSEKEEPING PAD ANCHOR [FM46]
REINFORCED HOUSEKEEPING PAD
#3 (9 mm) REBAR 12" (305 mm)
Page Page
FM10 FM10
MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. NY Mailing AddressP.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787 NY Mailing Address P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787
350 NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 350Rabro RabroDrive DriveHauppauge, Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite DD Anaheim, 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite Anaheim,CA CA92801 92801 714/535-2727 714/535-2727 FAX FAX 714/535-5738 714/535-5738 Email Addresses Info@Mason-Ind.comInfo@MasonAnaheim.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com Info@Mason-Ind.com Email Addresses-

The number of anchors that are needed depend on the HPA size and the vertical rating of the SAS stud anchor as listed.
TABLE 6
FP Up To 0.5G (see example FM12)
Housekeeping Pad Area FT2 ( M 2 ) Up to 40 (3.7) 41 (3.8) to 100 (9.3) 101 (9.4) to 250 (23) 251 (23) to 400 (37)
Reinforcing 12 (300mm) on Center Each Way # 3 (T8) # 4 (T12) # 4 (T12) # 5 (T16)
Perimeter HPA Interior HPA Maximum Weight Size Size of Pad and 24 (600mm) 36 (900mm) Equipment on Center on Center lbs (kg) HPA-1/2 HPA-5/8 HPA-5/8 HPA-3/4 HPA-1/2 HPA-5/8 HPA-5/8 HPA-3/4 8000 (3,600) 15,000 (6,800) 25,000 (11,400) 50,000 (22,800)
TABLE 7
FP = 0.5G To 1.0G (see example FM12)
Reinforcing Housekeeping 12 (300mm) Pad Area on Center 2 2 FT ( M ) Each Way Up to 40 (3.7) 41 (3.8) to 100 (9.3) 101 (9.4) to 250 (23) 251 (23) to 400 (37) # 3 (T8) # 4 (T12) # 4 (T12) # 5 (T16)
Perimeter HPA Size and Centers HPA-5/8 24(600mm) on Center HPA-5/8 24(600mm) on Center HPA-3/4 18(450mm) on Center HPA-3/4 18(450mm) on Center
Interior HPA Maximum Weight Size of Pad and 36 (900mm) Equipment on Center lbs (kg) 8000 HPA-5/8 (3,600) 15,000 HPA-5/8 (6,800) 25,000 HPA-3/4 (11,400) 50,000 HPA-3/4 (22,800)
Notes for TABLES 6 & 7 1. These tables apply to systems where the center of gravity of the combined weight of the pad, equipment and isolation system is less than the width of the pad. Reinforcing is to be placed at the centerline of the pad.
2.
Page
FM11

Example No.1- Housekeeping Pad
The housekeeping pad for a pump on a concrete inertia base is 6' x 6' x 4" (1830 x 1830 x100 mm). The combined weight of the pump, motor, housekeeping pad and concrete inertia base is 7800 lbs (3537 kg). The FP = 0.3 G. 3"
22" (560mm) (75mm) 22" (560mm) 7" (175mm) 19" (483mm) 20" (508mm)
3" (75mm)
22" (560mm)
33" (838mm)
33" (838mm)
29" (737mm) 29" (737mm)
19" (483mm)
7" (175mm)
CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD
Using TABLE 6 we have the following:

2 2
STRUCTURAL FLOOR HPA ANCHOR [FM46] (SEE DETAIL) #3 (9mm) REBAR 10" (250mm)
The area of the pad is 36 ft (3.4 m ). Use the "Up to 40" (3.7m) reference.
The maximum perimeter edge spacing of HPA-1/2 is 24" (600 mm) on center, and the interior spacing at 36" (900 mm) on center. The required minimum pad reinforcement is #3 rebar 12" (300 mm) on center each way (O.C.E.W.).
USUALLY 6" (150mm) TIE UNDER #3 (9mm) REBARS
Page Page
FM12 FM12
MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. NY Mailing Address P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787
NY Mailing Address- P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787 350 Rabro Rabro Drive Drive Hauppauge, Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 631/348-0282FAX FAX631/348-0279 631/348-0279 350 NY 11788 2101 W. Crescent Ave.,Suite SuiteD DAnaheim, Anaheim, CA CA 92801 92801 714/535-2727 714/535-2727 2101 W. Crescent Ave., FAX FAX 714/535-5738 714/535-5738 Email Addresses Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com Email Addresses- Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
HPA [FM46] HOUSEKEEPING PAD ANCHOR 1/2" (13mm) SAS STUD WEDGE ANCHOR IN STRUCTURAL FLOOR
Rigidly mounted or non-isolated equipment must be bolted in position. Bolts should be selected in accordance with the anchor bolt section. For most equipment, stud type wedge anchors can be installed with equipment in place, because the drilling hole of stud anchors matches the stud's diameter. Where this is not possible due to lack of clearance, female wedge anchor bolts should be used, as the equipment can be slid into place and not lifted over the bolts. Most equipment is supplied with holes for bolting. Equipment that does not have holes may be drilled or have angles bolted or welded to them when drilling is not practical. In areas within high seismic zones, the bolt hole locations and sizes may not be adequate. In these cases, additional holes must be drilled or other attachments provided.
RIGIDLY MOUNTED NON-ISOLATED EQUIPMENT

HG WASHER BUSHING [FM49]
F pv Fp Hc.g.
X X X X X X X X
HOUSEKEEPING PAD
X X X X
X X X X
XXXX
MASON HPA [FM46]
STRUCTURAL FLOOR
RIGIDLY MOUNTED PUMPS

Fpv
Anchors subject to vibrating loads should be installed with our HG Neoprene bushing that surrounds the bolt shaft and head and protects the anchor from vibration.
ANGLES FIELD WELDED FOR ATTACHMENT
Fpv
RIGIDLY MOUNTED TANK
ANGLES FIELD WELDED FOR ATTACHMENT
MASON SAS ANCHORS [FM51]
F p
STRUCTURAL FLOOR
F p
HG WASHER BUSHING [FM49] SAB
MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. NY Mailing AddressNY Mailing AddressP.O. P.O.Box Box410 410 Smithtown, Smithtown,NY NY11787 11787
350 NY 11788 631/348-0282 350 Rabro Rabro Drive Drive Hauppauge, Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX FAX 631/348-0279 631/348-0279 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite FAX FAX 714/535-5738 714/535-5738 2101 W. Crescent Ave., SuiteD DAnaheim, Anaheim, CA CA 92801 92801 714/535-2727 Email AddressesInfo@MasonAnaheim.com Email AddressesInfo@Mason-Ind.com Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
ANCHORS [FM50]
Hc.g.
Hc.g.
SHOWN WITHOUT HOUSEKEEPING PADS
HG WASHER BUSHING [FM49] SAB ANCHORS [FM50]

Page Page
FM13 FM13

The equations for rigidly mounted equipment are: FPV = 1/3 FP (If required by local code) V = FP /NB
-1
FP = W x G
T = (-W + FPV)/NB + FP x Hc.g. [cos 0 /( N2 x a) + sin 0/(N1 x b)]
0 = TAN [(N2 x a)/ (N1 x b)]
Where, W = weight of system FP = seismic horizontal force FPV = seismic vertical force (if required by local code) T = tensile force on one bolt V = shear force on one bolt NB = number of bolts N1 = number of bolts in tension along the length N2 = number of bolts in tension along the width 0= critical angle where maximum tension occurs H c.g.= Height of combined center of gravity a= Bolt hole dimension along the length b= Bolt hole dimension along the width
Page Page
FM14 FM14
350 Rabro Drive Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 Rabro Ave., Drive Suite Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 2101 W.350 Crescent D Anaheim, CA 92801 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite D Anaheim, CA 92801 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 Email AddressesInfo@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com Email Addresses Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com

Example No. 2- Pump Anchorage
A 50 HP (37.5 KW) end suction pump is mounted to a housekeeping pad. The combined weight of the pump and motor is 1500 lbs. (680 kg). The dimensions of the pump assembly are as shown. The anchorage bolt-holes in the pump frame are 7/8" (22 mm). The system is mounted in an area that has a FP = 0.5 G.
60" (1524 mm)
Substituting numbers for letters in the equations on the previous page, where: a = 42" (1067mm) b = 28" (711mm) FP = W X G FP = 1500 lbs. x 0.5 = 750 lbs. (3.34 kN)
42" (1067 mm)

FpSIN O O Fp COS O
Fp
0 = 56o
FPV = 750/3 = 250 lbs. (1.11 kN)
28" (711 mm)
48" (1219 mm)
T = -22.5 lbs. (- 0.1 kN)
Since the tensile force is negative, there SAB ANCHORS is no overturning force on the bolts. [FM50] V = 750 lbs. / 4 = 188 lbs. (0.83 kN)
HOUSEKEEPING PAD ANCHORAGE TO STRUCTURE AND REINFORCEMENT NOT SHOWN
5/8" (16 mm)
HG-63 WASHER BUSHING [FM49]

W
Fpv F p Hc.g.= 18" (457 mm)
RIGIDLY MOUNTED PUMP
STRUCTURAL FLOOR
Since there are 7/8" (22 mm) holes in the system frame, we can use 5/8" (16 mm) Mason SAB anchors [FM50] with HG-63 neoprene bushings [FM49]. Entering the values in the unity equation for tension and shear in shown in ICBO report ER-5063, (Tactual / T allowable) ( 0 / 2220)
5/3 5/3
Inserting values into the equation, we get: + (188 / 2970)

5/3
+ ( V actual / V allowable ) = 0.01 < 1.0
5/3
< 1.0
Therefore 5/8" dia. SAB anchors [FM50] with 4-3/8" (111 mm) embedment are adequate.
350 Hauppauge, 350 Rabro Rabro Drive Drive Hauppauge,NY NY11788 11788 631/348-0282 631/348-0282 FAX FAX 631/348-0279 631/348-0279 2101 W. Crescent 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 714/535-5738 2101 W. CrescentAve., Ave.,Suite Suite D D Anaheim, Anaheim, CA CA 92801 92801 714/535-2727 FAX Info@MasonAnaheim.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com Email EmailAddressesAddresses Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@Mason-Ind.com
Page Page
FM15 FM15

A chiller that weighs 20,000 lbs. (9091 kg) is anchored to the structural floor and has dimensions as shown. The chiller is located in an area where its FP = 1.0. The sole plate attached to the bottom foot has two 1-1/4" (32 mm) diameter holes spaced 12" (300 mm) apart.
Example No. 3- Chiller Anchorage Bolt Section
FP = W x G FP = 20,000 lbs. x 1.0 G = 20,000 lbs. (88.96 kN) FPV = 1/3 FP FPV = 20,000 lbs./3 = 6,667 lbs. (29.65 kN)
0 = TAN-1 (N2 x a / N1 x b) 0 = TAN-1 (4 x 375 / 4 x 96) o 0 = 75
The tension on each of the four bolts along one side of the chiller is:
T = (-W + FPV) / Nb + FP x H c.g. [cos 0 / (N2 x a) + sin 0 / (N1 x b)] T = (-20,000 + 6,667) / 8 + 20,000 x 63 [cos75 / (4 x 375) + sin75 / (4 X 96)] T = 1,666 lbs. (7.4 kN) V = FP / Nb V = 20,000/8 V = 2,500 lbs (11.1 kN) The shear on the 8 bolts are:
12" (300 mm) 375" (9525 mm) 12" (300 mm) 96" (2440 mm)
62" (1575 mm)
Page
FM16

NY Mailing Address- P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787 350 Rabro Drive Hauppauge, NY 11788 631/348-0282 FAX 631/348-0279 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite D Anaheim, CA 92801 714/535-2727 FAX 714/535-5738 Email Addresses- Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
1 1/4" (32 mm) DIA. HOLE FOR MASON SAB ANCHORS [FM50] WITH HG-100 NEOPRENE BUSHINGS [FM49]

Since there are 1-1/4" (32 mm) holes in the chiller soleplate, we can use 1" (25 mm) diameter Mason SAB anchors [FM50] with HG-100 neoprene bushings [FM49]. Due to the 12" (300 mm) spacing of the bolt-holes in the chiller foot, the values for the anchor bolts must be reduced. The allowable tension will be 2562 lbs. (11.4 kN) and shear will be 4627 lbs. (20.6 kN). Substituting into the unity equation for tension and shear as shown in ICBO report ER-5063, we calculate: (1663 / 2562 )5/3 + ( 2500 / 4627)5/3 = 0.85 < 1.0 Since the unity equation is less than one, the 1" (25 mm) Mason SAB anchors [FM50] with 5-3/4" (146 mm) embedment are adequate.

Page
FM17

DIRECT DIRECT MOUNTED MOUNTED EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED SUPPORTED BY BY ISOLATORS ISOLATORS WITH WITH BUILT BUILT IN IN RESTRAINTS RESTRAINTS
Equipment Equipment is is described described as as directly directly mounted mounted when when the the isolators isolators are are attached attached without without the the need need for for an an intermediate intermediate steel steel or or concrete concrete base. base. The The easiest easiest method method is is to to use use an an isolator isolator with with built built in in restraints. restraints. See See the the following following figures figures for for details details of of direct direct mounted mounted attachments. attachments.
There There are are two two types types of of isolators isolators with with built built in in restraints. restraints. The The first first has has a a continuous continuous base base plate plate or or housing that transfers the load to the floor. These include the SLR, SLRS, RBA, RCA and BR housing that transfers the load to the floor. These include the SLR, SLRS, RBA, RCA and BR series series mountings. mountings. Calculations Calculations include include the the weight weight of of the the equipment equipment to to help help resist resist overturning. overturning. The The equations equations are are the the same same as as rigidly rigidly mounted mounted equipment equipment pages pages FM14 FM14 through through FM17. FM17.
The The second second style style transfers transfers the the weight weight of of the the equipment equipment through through a a spring spring or or rubber rubber element element directly to the structure rather than through the housing, typically Type SSLFH (see illustrations directly to the structure rather than through the housing, typically Type SSLFH (see illustrations below). below). Since Since the the weight weight of of the the system system is is not not on on the the base base plate plate or or housing, housing, the the fasteners fasteners do do not not have have this this help help to to resist resist overturning. overturning.
The The following following equations equations are are used used to to determine determine the the maximum maximum tension tension T, T, compression compression C, C, and and shear V on the welds or system fasteners when the weight of the system is not on the base shear V on the welds or system fasteners when the weight of the system is not on the base plate plate or or mounting mounting housing. housing.
b b b b 2 1 2 1 // // cosO( )Hc.g. sinO( )Hc.g. F )Hc.g. F F )Hc.g. F F P P F PcosO( 2 PsinO( 2 PV 2 2 PV -T = --N -T= II II N M YY XX M YY XX b b b b 2 1 2 1 // // F cosO( )Hc.g. sinO( )Hc.g. F )Hc.g. F F )Hc.g. F P P F P cosO( 2 PsinO( 2 PV 2 2 PV C + C= = N + + + I I N I I M YY XX M YY XX F F P V V= = NP N M M
CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL FAN FAN DIRECTLY DIRECTLY MOUNTED MOUNTED ON ON SLR SLR MOUNTS MOUNTS (Springs rest on mounting baseplate) (Springs rest on mounting baseplate)
CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL FAN FAN DIRECTLY MOUNTED ON SSLFH DIRECTLY MOUNTED ON SSLFH MOUNTS MOUNTS (Springs (Springs rest rest directly directly on on structure) structure)
DETAIL DETAIL
DETAIL DETAIL
Page Page
FM18
MASON INDUSTRIES, MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. INC. NY Mailing Address- P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787
NY Mailing Address- P.O. Box 410 Smithtown, NY 11787 350 350 Rabro Rabro Drive Drive Hauppauge, Hauppauge, NY NY 11788 11788 631/348-0282 631/348-0282 FAX FAX 631/348-0279 631/348-0279 2101 2101 W. W. Crescent Crescent Ave., Ave., Suite Suite D D Anaheim, Anaheim, CA CA 92801 92801 714/535-2727 714/535-2727 FAX FAX 714/535-5738 714/535-5738 Email Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com Email AddressesAddresses- Info@Mason-Ind.com
Spring Spring on on Baseplate Baseplate
Spring Spring on on Structure Structure

Where, Fp = Seismic Horizontal Force Fpv = Seismic Vertical Force b1 = Maximum Length between Mounts b2 = Maximum Width between Mounts Hc.g.= Height from Mount Contact Point to Equipment Center of Gravity NM = Number of Mounts Ixx = Nm(Ns+2)b12 12(Ns-2) Nm(b2 )2 4 IYY b1 IXX b2 )
IYY =
Example No. 4- Bolt Selection for BLOWER Mounted on SLR-A Mounts
/ = TAN -1( O
A Fan weighs 1,175 lbs. (534 kg). It is mounted on SLR-A mounts [FM33] which rest on a concrete housekeeping pad. The specified FP = 0.4 G. FP = W x G FP = 1,175 lbs. x 0.4 G FP = 470 lbs. (2.1 kN) Using the equations from FM14:
0 = TAN-1 (N2 x a / N1 x b) 0 = TAN-1 (2 x 63 / 2 x 24) 0 = 69o
FPV = 1/3 FP FPV = 470 lbs. / 3 FPV = 157 lbs. (0.7 kN)
24" (610 mm) 63" (1575 mm)
The tension on each SLR-A mount due to overturning is:
24" (610 mm)
T = (-W + FPV) / Nb + FP x H c.g. [cos 0 / (N2 x a) + sin 0 / (N1 x b)] T = (-1,175 + 157) / 4 + 470 x 24 [cos69 / (2 x 63) + sin69 / (2 X 24)] T = -3 lbs. (0.013 kN) Since T is negative, T will be taken as zero for calculations. Because the tension force is negative their is no overturning of the system. The shear on each SLR-A mount is: V = FP / No. of Mounts V = 470 lbs. / 4 V = 118 lbs. (0.53 kN)

Page
FM19

The tension on one bolt of each SLR-A mount is: Tb = [(V x Ht. of Mount) / (Nb x d)] + T / Nb Tb = [118 lbs. x 5) / (2 x 1-1/4)] + 0 / 2 Tb = 236 lbs. (1.05 kN) Vb = V / Nb Vb = 118 lbs. / 2 Vb = 59 lbs. (0.26 kN)
The shear on one bolt of each SLR-A mount is:
Entering the values into the unity equation for tension and shear as shown on ICBO Report ER-5063 we get: 236 59 ( 490 ) + ( 819 )
5/3 5/3
The SLR-A mount [FM33] is anchored to the housekeeping pad with two 3/8" Mason SAB Anchors [FM50]. The allowable loads for the Mason SAB Anchors are reduced due to the spacing of the SLR-A mounts. The allowable tensile load is therefore 490 lbs., and the allowable shear load is 819 lbs. (3.64 kN).
= 0.31 < 1.0
Since the unity equation is less than one, the 3/8" SAB Anchors [FM50] with 2-3/8" embedment are adequate. V
5" (127 mm) OP. HT.
Tb
3/8" (10 mm) Mason SAB Anchor Bolts
8" (203 mm)
Page
FM20

SLR MOUNT DETAIL
1 1/4" (32 mm)
Vb

There are two ways that base mounted equipment can be restrained. First is to use an isolator with built in restraints (see illustrations below), and the second is to use separate snubbers and isolators (see illustrations on FM24).
Some equipment requires a supplementary steel frame or concrete base for rigidity. Concrete bases may be used to increase mass, provide rigidity or act as a partial sound barrier directly below the equipment. Concrete inertia bases can have frames of channel, wide flange beams (KSL) or formed sections (BMK). Steel frames can be made from angle, channel (MSL) or wide flange beams (WFSL). These bases must be capable of withstanding the twisting and torsional loads applied during an earthquake as well as the operational forces generated by the equipment. CENTRIFUGAL FAN ON CONCRETE INERTIA BASE SUPPORTED BY SPRING ISOLATORS WITH BUILT IN RESTRAINTS
BASE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED BY ISOLATORS WITH BUILT IN RESTRAINTS
AIR HANDLER ON SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL BASE SUPPORTED BY SPRING ISOLATORS WITH BUILT IN RESTRAINTS

Page
FM21

Example No. 5- SSLFH Mount Bolt Selections for Pump Mounted on Concrete Base
Using equations from pages FM18 & FM19: FP = W x G FP = 7,565 lbs. x 0.3 G FP = 2,270 lbs. (10 kN) FPV = 1/3 FP FPV = 2,270 lbs. / 3 FPV = 757 lbs. (3.4 kN)
A horizontally split case pump has a combined weight of the pump, motor, and concrete inertia base of 7565 lbs (3438 kg). The pump is mounted on a 10" (250 mm) deep BMK base with SSLFH mounts [FM42]. The specified FP for this area is FP = 0.3 G.
0 = TAN-1 (IYYb1/IXXb2) 0 = TAN-1 (2 x 57 / 2 x 92) o 0 = 32
where 28" b1 = 92" (2337 mm) (711 mm) b2 = 57" (1448 mm)
57" (1448 mm)
92" (2337 mm)
T = - [FPV / NM] - [FP cos 0 (b2/2)Hc.g./IYY] - [FP sin 0 (b1/2)Hc.g./IXX] T = - [757 / 4] - [2270 cos 32 (57/2)28/[4(57)2 / 4]] - [2270 sin 32 (92/2)28/[4(4+2)(92)2 /12(4-2)]] T = -189 - 473 - 183 = -845 lbs. (3.75 kN) The shear on each mount is: V = FP / No. of Mounts V = 2,270 lbs. / 4 V = 568 lbs. (2.52 kN)
Page
The tension on each mount due to overturning is:
FM22

Tb = [(V x Ht. of Mount) / (Nb x d)] + T / Nb Tb = [568 lbs. x 7 1/2) / (2 x 3)] + 845 / 2 Tb = 1133 lbs. (5.04 kN) Vb = V / Nb Vb = 568 lbs. / 2 Vb = 284 lbs. (1.26 kN) The shear on each bolt of the mount is:
The Mount overturning tension on each bolt of the mount is: V
7 1/2" (188 mm) OP. HT.
Tb
7 1/2" (188 mm)
MOUNT DETAIL
3" (75 mm)
Vb
The SSLFH-B [FM42] housing has 3/4" (19 mm) holes for 5/8" (16 mm) SAB anchors [FM50]. The allowable values have been derated by 32% in tension and 37% in shear due to the spacing of the bolt holes in the SSLFH. Entering the above values along with the reduced allowable values from ICBO report NO. ER-5063 yields the following. (1133 /1510) 5/3 + (284 /1871) 5/3 = 0.66 < 1.0 Since the unity equation is less than one, the 5/8" (16 mm) SAB anchors [FM50] with 4-3/8" (111 mm) embedment are adequate.

Page
FM23

BASE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT USING ISOLATORS WITH SEPARATE SEISMIC SNUBBERS
The most reliable and equipment sparing vibration isolation and seismic restraint system is base mounted incorporating free standing vibration isolators and separate seismic snubbers. Unanchored, free standing vibration isolators ensure effective isolation while separate alldirectional seismic snubbers provide complete seismic protection and limit shock to the equipment. The supporting base is the key component of a successful system. Two independent rails rather than a continuous base would roll during an earthquake and result in failure. The base can be either a steel frame or a concrete inertia base. Both systems should be provided with height saving brackets for the vibration isolators and proper connection points for the seismic snubbers.
AIR HANDLER ON SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL BASE WITH SLF SPRING MOUNTS AND Z-1011 SEISMIC SNUBBERS [FM44]
CENTRIFUGAL FAN ON KSL BASE WITH SLF SPRING MOUNTS AND Z-1011 SEISMIC SNUBBERS [FM44]
There are 2 different all-directional seismic snubber designs.
The Z-1011 [FM44] is not only designed to keep the unit in place but the replaceable 3/4" (19 mm) thick bridge bearing neoprene bushings dramatically reduce the impact load to a maximum of 4g. The 4g acceleration is within the fragility tolerances of most equipment. This helps ensure continued functionality of the system as well as prevent motion. This is specifically critical to emergency generators, transformers, and other essential or life safety systems.
Page
The Z-1225 [FM45] is designed to keep the unit in place while cushioning the impact load with replaceable 1/4" (6 mm) thick bridge bearing neoprene bushings. Equipment shock is not calculated.
FM24

The following equations are used to determine the maximum tension T, maximum compression C, and the maximum shear V on any one seismic snubber. Individual calculations for the determination of the tension and shear on the anchor bolts, are listed by the type of snubber.
b2 b1 / / FPV FPcosO( 2 )Hc.g. FPsinO( 2 )Hc.g. T =Ns IYY IXX
F C = PV Ns
b2 / FP cosO( 2 )Hc.g. IYY
b1 / FPsinO( 2 )Hc.g. IXX
V=
Where, Fp = Seismic Horizontal Force Fpv = Seismic Vertical Force b1 = Maximum Length between Seismic Snubbers b2 = Maximum Width between Seismic Snubbers Hc.g.= Height from Snubber Contact Point to Equipment Center of Gravity NS = Number of Seismic Snubbers
FP NS

Page
FM25

Once the maximum tension, compression and shear are calculated and checked against the maximum certified horizontal and vertical loads of the seismic snubber, the anchorage of the snubber is designed using the following equations. Ixx = Ns(Ns+2)b12 12(Ns-2)
Ns(b2 )2 IYY = 4 0 = TAN -1( IYY b1 ) IXX b2
For Z-1225-250 to 2000 Seismic Snubbers [FM45]: Summing Moments about 'O': Tb = V(Hs) 2(T) + B Nb Nb ( ) 2 V Nb
Vb =
Where, From Overturning Calculations: T = Maximum Tension on a Snubber C = Maximum Compression on a Snubber V = Maximum Shear on a Snubber HS = Height to Snubber Contact Point Vb B = Snubber Base Width NS = number of Snubbers Nb = Number of Anchor Bolts = 2 Tb= Tension per Anchor Bolt Vb= Shear per Anchor Bolt
Tb Tb
Hs
Page
FM26

b1 = 34" (864 mm) b2 = 30" (762 mm) Nb = 2 NS = 4 Hc.g. = 22" (559 mm)
A 10 HP (7.5 KW) pump is mounted on a concrete inertia base with SLF springs and Z-1011500 snubbers. The combined weight of the pump, motor and inertia base is 1200 lbs (544 kg). The FP = 0.4G. The building code in this area does not require a vertical force to be simultaneously applied with the lateral force.
Example No. 6- Concrete Inertia Base with Z-1011 Snubbers Bolt Selection
FP = W x G FP = 1,200 lbs. x 0.4 G FP = 480 lbs. (2.14 kN)
FPV = 0 as the building code does not require it. Ns (Ns + 2) (b1) 4 (4 + 2) (34)2 12 (4 - 2) 12 (Ns - 2)
2
22" (559 mm)
The moment of inertia about the x-x axis is: IXX= IXX=
34" (864 mm)
30" (762 mm)
IXX= 1,156 in4
The moment of inertia about the y-y axis is: Iyy= Iyy= Ns (b2)2 4 4 (30)2 4 0 = TAN-1 0 = TAN-1 0 = 41o
(I
Iyy= 900 in4
(1,156 (30))
900 (34)
xx
Iyy (b1) (b2)

Page
FM27

The compression, tension and shear on the snubbers are to be calculated as follows: C = Fpv Ns + Fp cos0 (b2 / 2) Hc.g. Iyy + Fp sin0 (b1 / 2) Hc.g Ixx
C = 0 + Fpv Ns
480 cos41 (30 / 2) 22 900
480 sin41 (34 / 2) 22 1,156
C = 235 lbs (0.11 kN) T = -
Fp cos0 (b2 / 2) Hc.g. Iyy -
Fp sin0 (b1 / 2) Hc.g Ixx
T = 0 -
480 cos41 (30 / 2) 22 900
480 sin41 (34 / 2) 22 1,156
From [FM30] the calculations for tension and shear on the anchor bolts of a Z-1011-500 are where Hs = 3 B = 3 Tb = 2 Vb = V / Nb Vb = 120 lbs. / 2 Vb = 60 lbs. (0.27 kN) Nb (B) V(Hs) + T Nb Tb = 120(3) 2 (3) 2 + 235 2 Tb = 238 lbs (1.06 kN)
V = FP / No. of Snubbers V = 480 lbs. / 4 V = 120 lbs. (0.53 kN)
T = -235 lbs (0.11 kN)
The Z-1011-500 Snubber [FM44] has 1/2" (13mm) holes for 3/8" (10mm) SAB Anchors [FM50] spaced 6-1/4" (159mm) apart. The SAB Anchors [FM50] are derated based on this spacing and the allowable tension load is 598 lbs (2.66 kN) and the shear is 861 lbs (3.83 kN). Entering these values into the unity equation in ICBO Report ER-5063 (238 / 598)5/3 + (60 / 861)5/3 = 0.23 < 1.0
Since the unity equation is less than one, the 3/8" (10mm) SAB [FM50] with 2-5/8" (67mm) embedment are adequate.
Page
FM28


For Z-1225-3000 to 5000 Seismic Snubbers [FM45]:
V Tb Tb Ta
a
Summing Moments about 'O':
Tb =
V(Hs)+T(B) 2 ( Nb)(a+b+ a ) 2 (a+b) V Nb
Vb
Ta
Hs
Vb =
'O'
Where, From Overturning Calculations: T= Maximum Tension on Snubber V = Maximum Shear on Snubber Hs = Height to Snubber Contact Point B = Snubber Base Width a = Edge Distance to Anchor Bolts b = Spacing Between Anchor Bolts along Width Nb= Number of Anchor Bolts = 4 Tb= Maximum Tension per Anchor Bolt Vb= Shear per Anchor Bolt
Tb
Ta
'O'
b Ta =
Tb x a (a + b)

Page
FM29

Summing Moments about 'O': V(Hs) T + Tb = Nb(B) Nb 2 Where, From Overturning Calculations: T= Maximum Tension on Snubber V= Maximum Shear on Snubber H = Height to Snubber Contact Point B = Snubber Base Width Nb= Number of Anchor Bolts = 2 Tb= Tension per Anchor Bolt Vb = Shear per Anchor Bolt Vb = Summing Moments about 'O': V Nb
T
Vb 'O' HS B
Tb
Ta Vb a Tb Ta V
Tb =
T + 2 (Nb)(a+b+( a )) Nb 2 a+b V Nb
V(Hs )
'O'
Where, From Overturning Calculations: T= Maximum Tension on Snubber V = Maximum Shear on Snubber H = Height to Snubber Contact Point a = Edge Distance to Anchor Bolts b = Spacing Between Anchor Bolts along Width Nb= Number of Anchor Bolts = 4 Tb= Maximum Tension per Anchor Bolt Vb= Shear per Anchor Bolt
Vb =
HS
Tb
Ta
'O'
Page
FM30

Tb x a Ta = (a + b)

DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
Static calculation methods are used to verify the equipment anchorage is adequate to resist the lateral forces determined by the appropriate design code. These static determinations do not consider the effects of support resonance, restraint resonance or restraint design. Airgaps of over 1/4" (6 mm), and no or inadequate cushioning can amplify statically calculated forces by factors as high as 20. Proper restraint, with maximum airgaps of 1/4" (6 mm), and thick, resilient cushioning keep amplification to a minimum and protect equipment from high accelerations that could cause severe damage. The Z-1011 [FM44] snubber system was designed to minimize amplification and protect equipment components and connections. The design and certification of the snubber system can be used in one of two ways. First, as the basis of design for static code compliant calculations, as shown in previous sections of this manual. The small airgaps and 3/4" (20 mm) cushioning will limit forces to the equipment and anchor bolts although it is not calculated.
1 - CG MOTOR 2 - CG MOTOR PEDESTAL 3 - CG BEARING PEDESTAL
MATHEMATICAL MODEL OF SNUBBED FAN SYSTEM
4 - CG FAN WHEEL 5 - CG FAN HOUSING 6 - CG BASE
Second, as a more advanced method, in a dynamic analysis to determine snubber forces, equipment displacements, and maximum acceleration of the equipment components in as many as 26 locations. These analyses are run with site and structure-specific response spectra to accurately model the systems reponse to the earthquake. FM32 is a summary of this program.

RESILIENTLY SNUBBED FAN SYSTEM AS TYPICAL EXAMPLE
Page
FM31

TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION of Z-1011 COMPUTER DYNAMIC ANALYSIS PROGRAM
Modeling Assumptions Equipment is modeled as a single, three-dimensional rigid body composed of several rigidly attached lumped masses. Each support is modeled as a combination of linear springs and air gaps as shown in Sketch A. With these assumptions, the system is conservative and has six natural modes and frequencies. Method of Analysis An approximate solution is obtained employing a response spectrum technique. The final solution is obtained as a combination of modal responses in the form of a most probable value (rms of six modes) and an upperbound value (sum of absolute values of six modes). The solution technique is motivated by the following three properties of linear systems: 1. Rayleighs principle, which for conservative systems states that in any mode, maximum kinetic energy equals maximum potential energy. 2. The earthquake response spectrum which yields the maximum kinetic energy as a function of natural frequency. These principles are applied to the nonlinear snubber-isolator system by the assumption that: 3. At each support, the nonlinear snubber-isolator spring combi-nation may be replaced by a single equivalent linear spring which is dependent on the displacement amplitudes, as depicted in Sketch B. Thus, (1) and (2) yield displacement amplitude as a function of natural frequencies, and (3) yields natural frequencies as a function of displacement amplitude. This transcendental relationship is solved by an iterative procedure as follows: from the non-snubbed natural frequencies, the modal kinetic energies are determined using the response spectrum. By equating kinetic and potential energies, the non-linear displacement amplitudes are obtained numerically. From these displacements, a new estimate of effective natural frequency is obtained using the equivalent linear support stiffnesses. The procedure is continued until the natural frequencies converge. Our interactive computer program utilizing the above solution technique runs on a PDP-10 time-sharing system. The program provides estimates of maximum response, displacement and acceleration at any location of the system. In particular, the program provides direct read-out of maximum displacement and force load at each equipment component as well as any remote connection. The program can simultaneously accept three different sets of response data (one for each mode) if required.
ACCELERATION RESPONSE SPECTRUM
COMPUTER MODELING DIAGRAMS
SKETCH A
SKETCH B
Page

FM32
SLR
1(25mm) Defl. A Springs

HCL
OSHPD OPA-0195 Rated Load Curves (lbs kg)

2400 1089
ADJUSTMENT BOLT Turn counterclockwise to load spring and maintain free and operating height "BD" BOLT DIAMETER Bolt Position can be reversed for anchoring to floor. See detail at right.
1600 1660 1450 1270 1060
2400
v e r 1600 t 726 i c a l 1450 658 1500 680
2350 1066 1800 816
SLR-A
SLR-2A
2200 998
horizontal 800 1000 363 454 L NEOPRENE ACOUSTICAL CUP
For kN divide kg by 102
W NEOPRENE VERTICAL LIMIT STOPS Out of contact during normal operation Illustration shows a 4 spring SLR-4A. SLRA has 1 spring and SLR-2A has 2 springs.
NON-SKID NEOPRENE FRICTION ISOLATION PAD When not using for seismic or wind resistance, bolting to floor is not necessary. Pad can be removed if mounts are welded in position. See detail at right. All springs have additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Solid Spring Height = Free Height minus 1.5 times Rated Deflection.
1000 800
OPTIONAL MOUNT INSTALLATIONS
2200
BOLTED IN POSITION HELD IN PLACE BY FRICTION
WELDED IN POSITION
Designs using these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-95.
TYPE SLR RATINGS Rated Capacity (Ibs) (kg) 45 20 75 34 125 57 200 91 310 141 400 181 510 231 625 283 620 281 800 363 1020 463 1250 567 1240 563 1600 726 2040 925 2500 1134
Type & Size SLR-A-45 SLR-A-75 SLR-A-125 SLR-A-200 SLR-A-310 SLR-A-400 SLR-A-510 SLR-A-625 SLR-2A-620 SLR-2A-800 SLR-2A-1020 SLR-2A-1250 SLR-4A-1240 SLR-4A-1600 SLR-4A-2040 SLR-4A-2500
Rated Mount De Constant (in) (mm) (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) 1.60 41 28 0.5 1.50 38 50 0.9 1.33 34 94 1.7 1.15 29 174 3.1 1.00 25 310 5.6 1.00 25 400 7.2 1.00 25 510 9.2 1.00 25 625 11.3 1.00 25 620 11.2 1.00 25 800 14.5 1.00 25 1020 18.5 1.00 25 1250 22.7 1.00 25 1240 22.5 1.00 25 1600 29.0 1.00 25 2040 37.0 1.00 25 2500 45.4
Max. Horiz Spring Static Color G Rating Blue 17.8 Orange 10.7 Brown 6.4 Black 4.0 Yellow 2.6 Green 2.0 Red 1.6 White 1.3 Yellow 1.6 Green 1.3 Red 1.0 White 0.8 Yellow 1.8 Green 1.4 Red 1.1 White 0.9
Housing load ratings expressed in max. Gs are based on tests with bolted connections to steel top and bottom. SLR housings require uniform support under entire base plate. TYPE SLR DIMENSIONS (inches mm) H L T 1/8 83/4 15/8 5 SLR-A 130 222 41 51/8 115/8 13/4 SLR-2A 130 295 41 1/8 111/8 13/4 5 SLR-4A 130 283 41 SPRING DATA Spring OD Size (in)(mm) A 13/4 44 Size W 21/2 64 21/2 64 41/2 114 BD
3/8
45 A xi s
"CS" CAP SCREW Secures Height Saving Bracket (or Equipment Base) to Tapped Concentric Hole in Mounting Adjustment Bolt
SLR-4A
Horizontal and Vertical plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0195. Testing and calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria. To use approved OSHPD rated load curves: 1) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal Forces on mounting including translations and overturning moments. 2) Plot Horizontal Load vs Vertical Load. The point must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve.
CS
HCL
10
3/8
10
1/2
13
3/8-16UNC x 1 6 3/8-16UNC x 25 152 3/8-16UNC x 1 83/4 3/8-16UNC x 25 222 1/2-13UNC x11/4 8 1/2-13UNC x 32 203
Free Ht. (in) (mm) 3-33/8 76-86
Ratio Kx/Ky 0.50-0.90
Ratio OD/OH 0.74-1.25
Horizontal G Ratings are for quick reference only Use OSHPD Rated Load Curves.
OPA-0195
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
Manufacturers of Vibration Control Products NY Mailing Address: PO Box 410, Smithtown, NY 11787 350 Rabro Drive 2101 W. Crescent Ave., Suite D Hauppauge, NY 11788 Anaheim, CA 92801 631/348-0282 714/535-2727 FAX 631/348-0279 FAX 714/535-5738 Info@Mason-Ind.com Info@MasonAnaheim.com
Page
Bill Staehlin (916) 654-3362
Patrick J. Lama Civil Engineer California No. 25878
FM33
SLREBP
Extended Base Plate
1(25mm) Defl. A Springs
OSHPD OPA-0195 Rated Load Curves (lbs kg) SLREBP-4A v e r 1600 t 726 2350 i 1066 c a 1800 l 1450 816 658 1500 680 SLREBP-A
45 A xi s
2400 1089
"CS" CAP SCREW Secures Height Saving Bracket (or Equipment Base) to Tapped Concentric Hole in Mounting Adjustment Bolt ADJUSTMENT BOLT Turn counterclockwise to load spring and maintain free and operating height "MBD" MAXIMUM BOLT DIAMETER
1600 1660 1450 1270 1060

H
2400
SLREBP-2A
2200 998
horizontal 800 1000 363 454
T W
HCL
NEOPRENE ACOUSTICAL CUP
NEOPRENE VERTICAL LIMIT STOPS Out of contact during normal operation
Illustration shows a 4 spring SLREBP-4A. SLREBP-A has 1 spring and SLREBP2A has 2 springs. Solid Spring Height = Free Height minus 1.5 times Rated Deflection.
Horizontal and Vertical plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0195. Testing and calculations were performed 1000 to meet OSHPD criteria. 800 OSHPD 2200 To use approved rated load curves: 1) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal Forces on mounting including translations and overturning moments. 2) Plot Horizontal Load vs Vertical Load. The point must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve. Housing load ratings expressed in max. Gs are based on tests with bolted connections to steel top and bottom. SLREBP housings require uniform support under entire base plate. Designs with these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-95.
All springs have additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. TYPE SLREBP RATINGS Rated Capacity (Ibs) (kg) 45 20 75 34 125 57 200 91 310 141 400 181 510 231 625 283 620 281 800 363 1020 463 1250 567 1240 563 1600 726 2040 925 2500 1134
Type & Size SLREBP-A-45 SLREBP-A-75 SLREBP-A-125 SLREBP-A-200 SLREBP-A-310 SLREBP-A-400 SLREBP-A-510 SLREBP-A-625 SLREBP-2A-620 SLREBP-2A-800 SLREBP-2A-1020 SLREBP-2A-1250 SLREBP-4A-1240 SLREBP-4A-1600 SLREBP-4A-2040 SLREBP-4A-2500
Max. Rated Mount Horiz De Constant Spring Static (in) (mm) (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) Color G Rating 1.60 41 28 0.5 Blue 17.8 1.50 38 50 0.9 Orange 10.7 1.33 34 94 1.7 Brown 6.4 1.15 29 174 3.1 Black 4.0 1.00 25 310 5.6 Yellow 2.6 1.00 25 400 7.2 Green 2.0 1.00 25 510 9.2 Red 1.6 1.00 25 625 11.3 White 1.3 1.00 25 620 11.2 Yellow 1.6 1.00 25 800 14.5 Green 1.3 1.00 25 1020 18.5 Red 1.0 1.00 25 1250 22.7 White 0.8 1.00 25 1240 22.5 Yellow 1.8 1.00 25 1600 29.0 Green 1.4 1.00 25 2040 37.0 Red 1.1 1.00 25 2500 45.4 White 0.9
SPRING DATA Spring OD Size (in) (mm) A 13/4 44
Free Ht. (in) (mm) 3-33/8 76-86
Ratio Kx/Ky 0.50-0.90
Ratio OD/OH 0.74-1.25
TYPE SLREBP DIMENSIONS (inches mm) H 1/4 5 SLREBP-A 133 1/4 SLREBP-2A 5 133 1/4 SLREBP-4A 5 133
Size
L T 121/4 1/4 311 6 155/8 1/4 397 6 155/8 1/4 397 6
W CS 3/8-16UNC x1 21/2 64 3/8-16UNC x 25 3/8-16UNC x1 3 76 3/8-16UNC x 25 41/2 1/2-13UNC x11/4 114 1/2-13UNC x 32
MBD HCL 1/2 103/4 13 273 5/8 137/8 16 352 3/4 135/8 19 346
Page
OPA-0195
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
FM34
SLRS SLRS
Lower Restraining Nut
"D" Tap - 4 Holes unless otherwise requested Vertical Limit E Stops-Out of E contact during E normal operation E
1(25mm) Defl. B, 1 - 9 Springs
Neoprene All Directional Snubber Grommet T HCW W HCL L
Inspection Ports
Adjustment Bolt
TYPE SLRS DIMENSIONS (inches and mm) Size H T D E L HCL 7 81/2 3/8 1/2 11/8 81/2 B 216 10 13 29 216 178 81/2 3/8 5/8 13/8 91/2 71/2 1 216 10 16 35 241 191 81/2 3/8 5/8 13/8 14 121/4 2 216 10 16 35 356 311 81/2 3/8 7/8 13/8 13 11 4 216 10 22 35 330 279 1/2 9 1 15/8 161/2 14 6 229 13 25 41 419 356 1 2 17 143/4 93/4 5/8 9 248 16 25 51 432 375
W HCW 41/4 23/4 108 70 51/4 31/2 133 89 51/4 31/2 133 89 83/8 61/4 213 159 83/8 6 213 152 13 103/4 330 273
MBD 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 3/4 19 1 25 1 25
One Piece Steel Housing
Internal Neoprene Non-Skid Neoprene PadAcoustical Pad can be removed if mounts are welded Rubber Snubbing Pad in position. material molded onto Spring Holder MBD -Max Bolt Diameter
Drain Holes
Illustration above shows a SLRS-4 (4 springs). SLRS-B & -1 have one spring, and SLRS-2 has two springs, SLRS-6 has six springs and SLRS-9 has nine springs. SLRS-1 and multiple spring mounts have C size springs. Designs using these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-02. Housing load ratings expressed in Gs are based on tests with bolted connections to steel top and bottom. SLRS housings require uniform support under entire base plate.
14928 6785 SLRS-4 14511 6596
Ax is
V E R T I C A L
8785 3993 SLRS-2 6395 2907 5955 2701 SLRS-B
45
5809 2641 5023 2283 4339 1972 SLRS-1 11028 5013
4147 5195 6570 1885 2361 2987

HORIZONTAL
Horizontal, Vertical and 45 plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0194. Testing and calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria. To use approved OSHPD rated load curves: 1) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal Forces on mountings including translations and overturning moments. 2) Plot Horizontal and Vertical Loads. The intersection must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve.
TYPE SLRS RATINGS Rated SLRS Capacity Size (Ibs) (kg) B-65 65 29 B-85 85 39 B-115 115 52 B-150 150 68 B-280 280 127 B-450 450 204 B-750 750 340 B-1000 1000 454 1-1000 1000 454 1-1350 1350 612 1-1750 1750 794 1-2100 2100 953 1-2385 2385 1082 1-2650 2650 1202 1-2935 2935 1331 2-3500 3500 1588 2-4200 4200 1905 2-4770 4770 2164 4-5400 5400 2449 4-7000 7000 3175 4-8400 8400 3810 4-9540 9540 4327 4-10600 10600 4808 4-11740 11740 5325 6-12600 12600 5715 6-14310 14310 6491 6-15900 15900 7212 6-17610 17610 7988 9-18900 18900 8573 9-21465 21465 9736 9-23850 23850 10818
*with Red inner spring **with Green inner spring

Rated De (in) (mm) 2.10 53 2.10 53 2.00 51 2.00 51 1.60 41 1.31 33 1.12 28 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.00 25 Mount Max. Constant G (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) Rating 31 0.55 24.6 40 0.74 18.9 57 1.02 13.9 75 1.33 10.6 174 3.10 5.7 344 6.18 3.5 670 12.14 2.1 1000 18.16 1.6 1000 18.16 6.0 1350 24.48 4.4 1750 31.76 3.4 2100 38.12 2.8 2385 43.28 2.5 2650 48.08 2.3 2935 53.24 2.0 3500 63.52 1.5 4200 76.20 1.2 4770 86.56 1.1 5400 97.96 2.0 7000 127.00 1.6 8400 152.40 1.3 9540 173.08 1.2 10600 192.32 1.1 11740 213.00 0.9 12600 228.60 1.5 14310 259.64 1.4 15900 288.48 1.2 17610 319.52 1.1 18900 342.92 1.4 21465 389.44 1.2 23850 432.72 1.1 Spring Color Brown White Silver Orange Green Red White Blue Black Yellow Black* Yellow Yellow** Red* Red** Black* Yellow* Yellow** Yellow Black* Yellow* Yellow** Red* Red** Yellow* Yellow** Red* Red** Yellow* Yellow** Red*
All springs have an additional travel to SPRING CHARACTERISTICS (inches and mm) solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Spring Free Ratio Ratio Size OD Height Kx/Ky OD/OH Solid Spring Height = B 23/8 60 40/0 102 0.70-0.80 0.80 Free Height minus C 27/8 73 41/8 105 0.90-1.10 0.92 1.5 times the Rated Deflection.
OPA-0194
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
Page
FM35
SLRSEBP
1(25mm) Defl. B, 1 - 9 Springs
SLRSEBP(Extended Base Plate)

TYPE SLRSEBP DIMENSIONS (inches and mm) Size H T D E L HCL F 81/2 3/8 1/2 11/8 10 8 B 216 10 13 29 254 203 81/2 3/8 5/8 13/8 10 8 1 216 10 16 35 254 203 1/2 3/8 5/8 13/8 8 14 12 2 216 10 16 35 356 305 81/2 3/8 7/8 13/8 17 15 4 216 10 22 35 432 381 1/2 5/8 1 1 27 12 9 6 229 13 25 41 686 305 93/4 5/8 1 2 27 12 9 248 16 25 51 686 305 W HCW 9 71/4 229 184 9 71/4 229 184 11 9 295 229 14 12 356 305 15 12 381 305 18 15 457 381 MBD 3/4 19 3/4 19 7/8 22 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/8 29
" Tap - 4 Holes unless Vertical Limit "D otherwise requested Stops-Out of E E contact during E E normal operation
Adjustment Bolt Inspection Ports Plug Weld
Neoprene All Directional Snubber Grommet

HC WW
Rubber Snubbing material molded onto Spring Holder
F
Internal Neoprene Acoustical Pad
MBD Max Bolt Diameter 4 Holes-Sizes B,1,2&4 6 Holes-Sizes 6 & 9
HC
Drain Holes
Illustration above shows a SLRSEBP-4 (4 springs). SLRSEBP-B & -1 have one spring, and SLRSEBP-2 has two springs, SLRSEBP-6 has six springs and SLRSEBP-9 has nine springs. SLRS-1 and multiple spring mounts have C size springs. Designs using these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-02. Housing load ratings expressed in Gs are based on tests with bolted connections to steel top and bottom. SLRSEBP housings require uniform support under entire base plate.
14928 6785 SLRS-4 14511 6596
Ax is
V E R T I C A L
8785 3993 SLRS-2 6395 2907 5955 2701 SLRS-B
45
5809 2641 5023 2283 4339 1972 SLRS-1 11028 5013
4147 5195 6570 1885 2361 2987

HORIZONTAL
TYPE SLRSEBP RATINGS Rated Rated SLRSEBP Capacity De Size (Ibs) (kg) (in) (mm) B-65 65 29 2.10 53 B-85 85 39 2.10 53 B-115 115 52 2.00 51 B-150 150 68 2.00 51 B-280 280 127 1.60 41 B-450 450 204 1.31 33 B-750 750 340 1.12 28 B-1000 1000 454 1.00 25 1-1000 1000 454 1.00 25 1-1350 1350 612 1.00 25 1-1750 1750 794 1.00 25 1-2100 2100 953 1.00 25 1-2385 2385 1082 1.00 25 1-2650 2650 1202 1.00 25 1-2935 2935 1331 1.00 25 2-3500 3500 1588 1.00 25 2-4200 4200 1905 1.00 25 2-4770 4770 2164 1.00 25 4-5400 5400 2449 1.00 25 4-7000 7000 3175 1.00 25 4-8400 8400 3810 1.00 25 4-9540 9540 4327 1.00 25 4-10600 10600 4808 1.00 25 4-11740 11740 5325 1.00 25 6-12600 12600 5715 1.00 25 6-14310 14310 6491 1.00 25 6-15900 15900 7212 1.00 25 6-17610 17610 7988 1.00 25 9-18900 18900 8573 1.00 25 9-21465 21465 9736 1.00 25 9-23850 23850 10818 1.00 25
*with Red inner spring **with Green inner spring

Mount Max. Constant G (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) Rating 31 0.55 24.6 40 0.74 18.9 57 1.02 13.9 75 1.33 10.6 174 3.10 5.7 344 6.18 3.5 670 12.14 2.1 1000 18.16 1.6 1000 18.16 6.0 1350 24.48 4.4 1750 31.76 3.4 2100 38.12 2.8 2385 43.28 2.5 2650 48.08 2.3 2935 53.24 2.0 3500 63.52 1.5 4200 76.20 1.2 4770 86.56 1.1 5400 97.96 2.0 7000 127.00 1.6 8400 152.40 1.3 9540 173.08 1.2 10600 192.32 1.1 11740 213.00 0.9 12600 228.60 1.5 14310 259.64 1.4 15900 288.48 1.2 17610 319.52 1.1 18900 342.92 1.4 21465 389.44 1.2 23850 432.72 1.1 Spring Color Brown White Silver Orange Green Red White Blue Black Yellow Black* Yellow Yellow** Red* Red** Black* Yellow* Yellow** Yellow Black* Yellow* Yellow** Red* Red** Yellow* Yellow** Red* Red** Yellow* Yellow** Red*
SPRING CHARACTERISTICS (inches and mm) Spring Free Ratio Ratio Size OD Height Kx/Ky OD/OH B 23/8 60 40/0 102 0.70-0.80 0.80 C 27/8 73 41/8 105 0.90-1.10 0.92
All springs have an additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Solid Spring Height = Free Height minus 1.5 times the Rated Deflection.
Page
OPA-0194
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
FM36
SLRS SLRS
2(50mm) Defl. B, B2 & C2 Springs

TYPE SLRS DIMENSIONS (inches and mm) Size H T D E L HCL 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/8 81/2 1 7 8 B 216 10 13 29 216 178 5/8 B2 81/2 3/8 13/8 91/2 71/2 C2 216 10 16 35 241 191 W HCW MBD 41/4 23/4 5/8 108 70 16 51/4 31/2 5/8 133 89 16
Inspection Ports
Adjustment Bolt
Drain Holes
Illustration above shows a SLRS-4 (4 springs). SLRS-B, -B2 & -C2 have one spring. Designs using these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-02. Housing load ratings expressed in Gs are based on tests with bolted connections to steel top and bottom. SLRS housings require uniform support under entire base plate.
TYPE SLRS RATINGS Rated SLRS Capacity Size (Ibs) (kg) B-20 20 9 B-26 26 12 B-35 35 16 B-50 50 23 B-65 65 29 B-85 85 39 B-115 115 52 B-150 150 68 B2-210 210 95 B2-290 290 132 B2-450 450 204 B2-680 680 308 C2-125 125 57 C2-170 170 77 C2-210 210 95 C2-260 260 118 C2-330 330 150 C2-460 460 209 C2-610 610 277 880 399 C2-880 C2-1210 1210 549 C2-1540 1540 699 C2-1870 1870 848
*with Red inner spring

Rated Mount Max. De Constant G (in) (mm) (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) Rating 2.40 61 8 0.15 80.0 2.18 55 12 0.22 61.5 2.20 56 16 0.29 45.7 2.20 56 24 0.41 32.0 2.10 53 31 0.55 24.6 2.10 53 40 0.74 18.8 2.00 51 57 1.02 13.9 2.00 51 75 1.33 10.7 2.12 54 99 1.76 7.6 2.00 51 144 2.59 5.5 2.00 51 224 4.00 3.6 2.00 51 340 6.04 2.4 2.50 64 50 0.89 48.0 2.40 61 70 1.26 35.0 2.30 58 90 1.64 28.3 2.20 56 120 2.11 23.0 2.00 51 165 2.94 18.0 2.00 51 230 4.10 13.0 2.00 51 305 5.43 9.8 2.00 51 440 7.82 6.8 2.00 51 605 10.76 4.9 2.00 51 770 13.71 3.9 2.00 51 935 16.63 3.2 Spring Color Tan Wht/Blue Purple Wht/Red Brown Wht/Blk Silver Orange Silver Blue Tan Gray Purple Brown Red White Black Blue Green Gray Silver Gray* Silver*
Published ratings allow minimum 25% additional travel to solid. For a full 50% specified minimum use the following ratings: Derated Capacity De. (Ibs)(kg) (in)(mm) Size 410 186 1.83 46 C2-1210 565 256 1.67 42 C2-1540 800 363 1.82 46 C2-1870 Derated Capacity (Ibs) (kg) 1010 458 1285 583 1560 708 De. (in)(mm) 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42
6395 2907
V E R T I C A L
45
Ax
is
5955 2701
SLRS-1 5809 2641 4339 1972
SLRS-B
HORIZONTAL
4147 1885
6570 2987
Size B2-450 B2-680 C2-880
SPRING CHARACTERISTICS (inches and mm) Spring Free Ratio Ratio Size OD Height Kx/Ky OD/OH B 23/8 60 40/0 102 0.55-0.65 0.95-1.00 B2 23/8 60 41/2 114 0.80-0.90 1.19-1.48 C2 27/8 73 5 127 0.63-0.85 0.96-1.15 All springs wilthout have an additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Solid Spring Height = Free Height minus 1.5 times the Rated Deflection.
OPA-0194
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
Page
FM37
SLRSEBP
Vertical Limit Stops-Out of contact during normal operation Lower Restraining Nut
2(50mm) Defl. B, B2 & C2 Springs

"D" Tap - 4 Holes unless otherwise requested E E E
SLRSEBP(Extended Base Plate)

E Adjustment Bolt Inspection Ports Plug Weld
TYPE SLRSEBP DIMENSIONS (inches and mm) Size H T D E L HCL W 3/8 1/2 81/2 11/8 10 8 9 B 216 10 13 29 254 203 229 3/8 5/8 B2 81/2 13/8 10 8 9 C2 216 10 16 35 254 203 229 TYPE SLRSEBP RATINGS Rated SLRSEBP Capacity Size (Ibs) (kg) B-20 20 9 B-26 26 12 B-35 35 16 B-50 50 23 B-65 65 29 B-85 85 39 B-115 115 52 B-150 150 68 B2-210 210 95 B2-290 290 132 450 204 B2-450 B2-680 680 308 C2-125 125 57 C2-170 170 77 C2-210 210 95 C2-260 260 118 C2-330 330 150 C2-460 460 209 C2-610 610 277 C2-880 880 399 C2-1210 1210 549 C2-1540 1540 699 C2-1870 1870 848
HCW 71/4 184 71/4 184
MBD 3/4 19 3/4 19

Rated Mount Max. De Constant G (in) (mm) (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) Rating 2.40 61 8 0.15 80.0 2.18 55 12 0.22 61.5 2.20 56 16 0.29 45.7 2.20 56 24 0.41 32.0 2.10 53 31 0.55 24.6 2.10 53 40 0.74 18.8 2.00 51 57 1.02 13.9 2.00 51 75 1.33 10.7 2.12 54 99 1.76 7.6 2.00 51 144 2.59 5.5 2.00 51 224 4.00 3.6 2.00 51 340 6.04 2.4 2.50 64 50 0.89 48.0 2.40 61 70 1.26 35.0 2.30 58 90 1.64 28.3 2.20 56 120 2.11 23.0 2.00 51 165 2.94 18.0 2.00 51 230 4.10 13.0 2.00 51 305 5.43 9.8 2.00 51 440 7.82 6.8 2.00 51 605 10.76 4.9 2.00 51 770 13.71 3.9 2.00 51 935 16.63 3.2 Spring Color Tan Wht/Blue Purple Wht/Red Brown Wht/Blk Silver Orange Silver Blue Tan Gray Purple Brown Red White Black Blue Green Gray Silver Gray* Silver*

HC WW
F
HC
Drain Holes
Illustration above shows a SLRSEBP-4 (4 springs). SLRSEBP-B, -B2 & -C2 have one spring. Designs using these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-02. Housing load ratings expressed in Gs are based on tests with bolted connections to steel top and bottom. SLRSEBP housings require uniform support under entire base plate. Tests were run with one bolt in top plate.
Published ratings allow minimum 25% additional travel to solid. For a full 50% specified minimum use the following ratings: Derated Capacity De. (Ibs)(kg) (in)(mm) Size 410 186 1.83 46 C2-1210 565 256 1.67 42 C2-1540 800 363 1.82 46 C2-1870 Derated Capacity (Ibs) (kg) 1010 458 1285 583 1560 708 De. (in)(mm) 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42
6395 2907
V E R T I C A L
45
Ax
is
5955 2701
SLRS-1 5809 2641 4339 1972
SLRS-B
HORIZONTAL
4147 1885
6570 2987
Size B2-450 B2-680 C2-880
SPRING CHARACTERISTICS (inches and mm) Spring Free Ratio Ratio Size OD Height Kx/Ky OD/OH B 23/8 60 40/0 102 0.55-0.65 0.95-1.00 B2 23/8 60 41/2 114 0.80-0.90 1.19-1.48 C2 27/8 73 5 127 0.63-0.85 0.96-1.15 All springs wilthout have an Solid Spring Height = Free additional travel to solid equal to Height minus 1.5 times the 50% of the rated deflection. Rated Deflection.
Page
OPA-0194
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
FM38
SLRS SLRS
2(50mm) Defl. 2-C2, 4-C2, 6-C2 & 9-C2 Springs

TYPE SLRS DIMENSIONS (inches and mm) Size H T D E L HCL W HCW MBD 1/2 3/8 5/8 13/8 14 121/4 51/4 31/2 5/8 2-C2 8 216 10 16 35 356 311 133 89 16 1/2 3/8 7/8 13/8 3/8 61/4 3/4 8 13 11 8 4-C2 216 10 22 35 330 279 213 159 19 1/2 9 1 15/8 161/2 14 83/8 6 1 6-C2 229 13 25 41 419 356 213 152 25 3/4 5/8 1 2 17 143/4 13 103/4 1 9-C2 9 216 16 25 51 432 375 330 273 25
Inspection Ports
Adjustment Bolt
Drain Holes
Illustration above shows a SLRS-4-C2 (4 springs). SLRS-2-C2 has two springs, SLRS-6-C2 six springs and SLRS-9-C2 nine springs. Designs using these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-02. Housing load ratings expressed in Gs are based on tests with bolted connections to steel top and bottom. SLRS housings require uniform support under entire base plate. Test were run with one bolt in top plate.
14928 6785 SLRS-4
V E R T I C A L
*with Red inner spring TYPE SLRS RATINGS Rated Rated Mount Max. SLRS Capacity De Constant G Spring Size (Ibs) (kg) (in) (mm) (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) Rating Color 2-C2-340 340 154 2.40 61 140 2.52 15.3 Brown 2-C2-420 420 191 2.30 58 180 3.29 12.4 Red 2-C2-520 520 236 2.20 56 240 4.21 10.0 White 2-C2-660 660 299 2.00 51 330 5.86 7.9 Black 2-C2-920 920 417 2.00 51 460 8.18 5.7 Blue 2-C2-1220 1220 553 2.00 51 610 10.84 4.3 Green 2-C2-1760 1760 798 2.00 51 880 15.65 3.0 Gray 2-C2-2420 2420 1098 2.00 51 1210 21.53 2.2 Silver 3080 1397 2.00 51 1540 27.39 1.7 Gray* 2-C2-3080 2-C2-3740 3740 1696 2.00 51 1870 33.24 1.4 Silver* 4-C2-4840 4840 2195 2.00 51 2420 43.04 2.3 Silver 4-C2-6160 6160 2794 2.00 51 3080 54.78 1.8 Gray* 4-C2 7480 7480 3393 2.00 51 3740 66.53 1.5 Silver* 6-C2-7260 7260 3293 2.00 51 3630 64.57 2.7 Silver 6-C2-9240 9240 4191 2.00 51 4620 82.18 2.1 Gray* 6-C2-11220 11220 5089 2.00 51 5610 99.78 1.7 Silver* 9-C2-13860 13860 6287 2.00 51 6930 123.27 1.9 Gray* 9-C2-16830 16830 7634 2.00 51 8415 149.69 1.6 Silver*
Published ratings allow minimum 25% additional travel to solid. For a full 50% specified minimum use the following ratings: Derated Capacity (Ibs) (kg) 1600 726 2020 916 2570 1166 3120 1415 4040 1833 5145 2334 De. (in)(mm) 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 Derated Capacity (Ibs) (kg) 6245 2833 6060 2749 7715 3500 9370 4250 11570 5248 14050 6373 De. (in) (mm) 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42
14511 6596
8785 3993
45 Ax
O
is
5023 2283 SLRS-2
5195 HORIZONTAL 2361
11028 5013
Size 2-C2-1760 2-C2-2420 2-C2-3080 2-C2-3740 4-C2-4840 4-C2-6160
Size 4-C2-7480 6-C2-7260 6-C2-9240 6-C2-11220 9-C2-13860 9-C2-16830
SPRING CHARACTERISTICS (inches and mm) Spring Free Ratio Ratio Size OD Height Kx/Ky OD/OH C2 27/8 73 5 127 0.63-0.85 0.96-1.15 All springs wilthout have an additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Solid Spring Height = Free Height minus 1.5 times the Rated Deflection.
OPA-0194
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
Page
FM39
SLRSEBP (Extended Base Plate) SLRSEBP

Vertical Limit Stops-Out of contact during normal operation Lower Restraining Nut "D" Tap - 4 Holes unless otherwise requested E E E E Adjustment Bolt Inspection Ports Plug Weld

2(50mm) Defl. 2-C2, 4-C2, 6-C2 & 9-C2 Springs
TYPE SLRSEBP DIMENSIONS (inches and mm) Size H T D E L HCL F 1/2 3/8 5/8 13/8 8 14 12 2-C2 216 10 16 35 356 305 1/2 3/8 7/8 13/8 17 15 4-C2 8 216 10 22 35 432 381 1/2 5/8 9 1 1 27 12 6-C2 229 13 25 41 686 305 3/4 5/8 1 2 27 12 9-C2 9 248 16 25 51 686 305 W 11 295 14 356 15 381 18 457 HCW 9 229 12 305 12 305 15 381 MBD 7/8 22 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/8 29

HC WW
F
HC
Drain Holes
Illustration above shows a SLRSEBP-4 (4 springs). SLRSEBP-2 has two springs, SLRSEBP-6 has six springs and SLRSEBP-9 has nine springs. Designs using these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-02. Housing load ratings expressed in Gs are based on tests with bolted connections to steel top and bottom. SLRSEBP housings require uniform support under entire base plate. Tests were run with one bolt in top plate.
14928 6785 SLRS-4
V E R T I C A L
TYPE SLRSEBP RATINGS Rated SLRSEBP Capacity Size (Ibs) (kg) 2-C2-340 340 154 2-C2-420 420 191 2-C2-520 520 236 2-C2-660 660 299 2-C2-920 920 417 2-C2-1220 1220 553 2-C2-1760 1760 798 2-C2-2420 2420 1098 2-C2-3080 3080 1397 2-C2-3740 3740 1696 4-C2-4840 4840 2195 4-C2-6160 6160 2794 4-C2 7480 7480 3393 6-C2-7260 7260 3293 6-C2-9240 9240 4191 6-C2-11220 11220 5089 9-C2-13860 13860 6287 9-C2-16830 16830 7634

Rated Mount Max. De Constant G (in) (mm) (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) Rating 2.40 61 140 2.52 15.3 2.30 58 180 3.29 12.4 2.20 56 240 4.21 10.0 2.00 51 330 5.86 7.9 2.00 51 460 8.18 5.7 2.00 51 610 10.84 4.3 2.00 51 880 15.65 3.0 2.00 51 1210 21.53 2.2 2.00 51 1540 27.39 1.7 2.00 51 1870 33.24 1.4 2.00 51 2420 43.04 2.3 2.00 51 3080 54.78 1.8 2.00 51 3740 66.53 1.5 2.00 51 3630 64.57 2.7 2.00 51 4620 82.18 2.1 2.00 51 5610 99.78 1.7 2.00 51 6930 123.27 1.9 2.00 51 8415 149.69 1.6 Spring Color Brown Red White Black Blue Green Gray Silver Gray* Silver* Silver Gray* Silver* Silver Gray* Silver* Gray* Silver*
Published ratings allow minimum 25% additional travel to solid. For a full 50% specified minimum use the following ratings: Derated Capacity (Ibs) (kg) 1600 726 2020 916 2570 1166 3120 1415 4040 1833 5145 2334 De. (in)(mm) 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 Derated Capacity (Ibs) (kg) 6245 2833 6060 2749 7715 3500 9370 4250 11570 5248 14050 6373 De. (in) (mm) 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42 1.67 42
14511 6596
8785 3993
45 Ax
O
is
5023 2283 SLRS-2
HORIZONTAL
5195 2361
11028 5013
Size 2-C2-1760 2-C2-2420 2-C2-3080 2-C2-3740 4-C2-4840 4-C2-6160
Size 4-C2-7480 6-C2-7260 6-C2-9240 6-C2-11220 9-C2-13860 9-C2-16830
SPRING CHARACTERISTICS (inches and mm) Spring Free Ratio Ratio Size OD Height Kx/Ky OD/OH C2 27/8 73 5 127 0.63-0.85 0.96-1.15 All springs wilthout have an additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Solid Spring Height = Free Height minus 1.5 times the Rated Deflection.
Page
OPA-0194
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
FM40
SSLFH-X
1/2-13UNC x 4 (1/2-13UNC x 102mm) ADJUSTMENT BOLT
1 (25mm) Defl.
1/4-20UNC x 1 (1/4-20UNC x 25mm) LOCKING CAP SCREW

1200 544 V E R T I C A L Horizontal and Vertical plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0199. Testing and calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria. To use approved OSHPD rated load curves: 1) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal Forces on mountings including translations and overturning moments. 2) Plot Horizontal Load vs Vertical Load. The point must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve.
ALL-DIRECTIONAL NEOPRENE SNUBBER UPWARD REBOUND PLATE is adjustable to control clearance INTERCHANGEABLE STEEL SPRING NEOPRENE ACOUSTICAL CUP
DOWN STOP
SSLFH-X
9/16 (14mm)
DIA. HOLES for 1/2 (13mm) DIA. BOLTS (2 TYP.) 5 (127mm) FREE & OP. HT.
500 227 360 163 HORIZONTAL
4 (102mm) 5 (127mm) 21/4 (57mm)
Mounts are galvanized.
TYPE SSLFH RATINGS Rated Capacity Size (Ibs) (kg)
45 A xi s
Rated Mount Spring Max. De Constant Color/ G (in)(mm) (Ibs/in )(kg/mm) Stripe Rating
SPRING DATA Spring OD Size (in) (mm) 23-130 11/2 38 125-220 11/2 38
Free Ht. (in) (mm) 23/8 60 25/8 67
Ratio Kx/Ky 0.70-0.90 0.75
Ratio OD/OH 0.88-1.25 0.92-1.00
SSLFH-X-23 SSLFH-X-33 SSLFH-X-54 SSLFH-X-76 SSLFH-X-113 SSLFH-X-130 SSLFH-X-175 SSLFH-X-210
23 33 54 76 113 130 175 210
10 15 24 34 51 59 79 95
1.30 1.10 1.20 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
33 28 30 26 25 25 25 25
18 30 45 73 113 130 175 210
0.33 0.55 0.82 1.32 2.06 2.37 3.19 3.82
Brown 15.7 Red 10.9 White 6.7 Black 4.7 Yellow 3.2 Purple 2.8 Silver 2.1 Blue 1.7
OPA-0199
RENEWED
January 6, 2003
Page
FM41
SSLFH
FREE & OP. HT. REBOUND PLATE ADJUSTMENT PORTS A
1 (25mm) Defl.
"M" DIA ADJUSTING BOLT DOWN STOP ALL DIRECTIONAL NEOPRENE CUSHION UPWARD REBOUND PLATE is adjustable to control clearance DUCTILE IRON HOUSING INTERCHANGEABLE STEEL SPRING NEOPRENE ACOUSTICAL CUP Alternate "K" DIA - 4 Holes "J" DIA - 2 Holes Countersunk to allow for plug welding or bolting

Horizontal, Vertical and 45 plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having SSLFH-C the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0198. Testing and calculations were V 5750 performed to meet E 2608 OSHPD criteria. R T 5500 To use approved I 2495 OSHPD rated load SSLFH-B 6600 curves: C 2994 A 1) Calculate Vertical and L Horizontal Forces on SSLFH-A 4050 mountings including 1837 translations and overturning moments. 2) 2150 Plot Horizontal Load vs 975 Vertical Load. The point must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve. 1650 3100 3800 HORIZONTAL 748 1406 1724 For kN divide kg by 102 10050 4559
45 A xi s
"L" DIA CAPSCREW to fasten equipment
SPRING INSPECTION PORTS
E F
Mounts are galvanized.

TYPE SSLFH RATINGS Rated Capacity Size (Ibs) (kg) SSLFH-A-45 SSLFH-A-75 SSLFH-A-125 SSLFH-A-200 SSLFH-A-310 SSLFH-A-400 SSLFH-A-510 SSLFH-A-625 SSLFH-B-65 SSLFH-B-85 SSLFH-B-115 SSLFH-B-150 SSLFH-B-280 SSLFH-B-450 SSLFH-B-750 SSLFH-B-1000 SSLFH-B-1250 SSLFH-B-1650 SSLFH-C-1000 SSLFH-C-1350 SSLFH-C-1750 SSLFH-C-2100 SSLFH-C-2385 SSLFH-C-2650 SSLFH-C-2935

F B
Rated Mount Spring Max. De Constant Color/ G (in)(mm) (Ibs/in )(kg/mm) Stripe Rating 1.60 1.50 1.33 1.15 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.10 2.10 2.00 2.00 1.60 1.31 1.12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 41 38 34 29 25 25 25 25 53 53 51 51 41 33 28 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 28 50 94 174 310 400 510 625 31 40 57 75 174 344 670 1000 1250 1650 1000 1350 1750 2100 2385 2650 2935 0.5 0.9 1.7 3.1 5.6 7.2 9.2 11.3 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.3 3.1 6.2 12.1 18.2 22.7 30.0 18.2 24.5 31.8 38.1 43.3 48.1 53.2 Blue 37.8 Orange 22.7 Brown 13.6 Black 8.5 Yellow 5.5 Green 4.3 Red 3.3 White 2.7 Brown 47.7 White 36.5 Silver 27.0 Orange 20.7 Green 11.1 Red 6.9 White 4.1 Blue 3.1 Gray 2.5 Black 1.9 Black 3.8 Yellow 2.8 Black* 2.2 Yellow* 1.8 Yellow** 1.6 Red* 1.4 Red** 1.3
PLUG WELDED RATINGS Size SSLFH-A SSLFH-B SSLFH-C Horizontal (lbs) (kg) 1650 748 3100 1406 3800 1724 Vertical (lbs) (kg) 5500 2495 4345 1971 5630 2554
STEEL
45 75 125 200 310 400 510 625 65 85 115 150 280 450 750 1000 1250 1650 1000 1350 1750 2100 2385 2650 2935
20 34 57 91 141 181 231 283 29 39 52 68 127 204 340 454 567 748 454 612 794 953 1082 1202 1331
TYPICAL PLUG WELD Plug Welded Testing and Calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria.
TYPE SSLFH DIMENSIONS (inches mm) Size SSLFH-A A

1/4
B 4 102 6 152 7 178
E 4 102
F 11/8 29
J
3/4
K
1/2 5/8 3/4
Free & Op Ht 6 152 71/2 191 8 203
61/4 43/4 159 121
19
3/4
3/83/4 13 16UNC 19 1/27/8 16 13UNC 22
1/2 SSLFH-B 13 1/2 SSLFH-C 13
91/4 71/2 51/2 15/8 235 191 140 41 11 279 9 229 6 152 2 51
19
7/8
22
5/81 19 11UNC 25
with Black stripe *with Red inner spring **with Green inner spring Horizontal G Ratings are for quick reference only - Use OSHPD Rated Load Curves.
SPRING DATA Spring OD Free Ht. Size (in) (mm) (in) (mm) A-45-400 13/4 44 3 76 A-510-625 13/4 44 31/8-33/8 79-86 B 23/8 60 4 102 C 27/8 73 41/8 105
Ratio Kx/Ky 0.70-0.90 0.50-0.60 0.65-0.90 0.90-1.00
Ratio OD/OH 0.88-1.25 0.74-0.82 0.76-1.25 0.92
Page
OPA-0198
RENEWED
January 6, 2003
FM42
Richard E. Pustorino Civil Engineer California No. 30112
SSLFH
REBOUND PLATE ADJUST- FREE MENT & PORTS OP. HT. "J" DIA 2 Holes Countersunk to allow for plug welding or bolting A SPRING INSPECTION PORTS
2 (51mm) Defl.
"M" DIA ADJUSTING BOLT DOWN STOP ALL DIRECTIONAL NEOPRENE CUSHION UPWARD REBOUND PLATE is adjustable to control clearance DUCTILE IRON HOUSING INTERCHANGEABLE STEEL SPRING NEOPRENE ACOUSTICAL CUP Alternate "K" DIA 4 Holes

10050 4559 SSLFH-C Horizontal, Vertical and 45 plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0198. Testing and calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria. To use approved OSHPD rated load curves: 1) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal Forces on mountings including translations and overturning moments. 2) Plot Horizontal Load vs Vertical Load. The point must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve.
"L" DIA CAPSCREW to fasten equipment
V 5750 E 2608 R T I C A L
SSLFH-B 4050 1837
E F
F B
HORIZONTAL
3100 3800 1406 1724
45 A xi s
6600 2994
Mounts are galvanized. Designs using these mounts to resist wind loads must be in accordance with ASCE 7-95.
TYPE SSLFH RATINGS Rated Capacity Size (Ibs) (kg) SSLFH-B-20 20 SSLFH-B-26 26 SSLFH-B-35 35 SSLFH-B-50 50 SSLFH-B-65 65 SSLFH-B-85 85 SSLFH-B-115 115 SSLFH-B-150 150 SSLFH-B2-210 210 SSLFH-B2-290 290 SSLFH-B2-450 450 SSLFH-B2-680 680 SSLFH-C2-125 125 SSLFH-C2-170 170 SSLFH-C2-210 210 SSLFH-C2-260 260 SSLFH-C2-330 330 SSLFH-C2-460 460 SSLFH-C2-610 610 SSLFH-C2-880 880 SSLFH-C2-1210 1210 SSLFH-C2-1540 1540 SSLFH-C2-1870 1870 9 12 16 23 30 39 52 68 95 131 204 308 57 77 95 118 150 209 277 399 549 699 848
PLUG WELDED RATINGS

STEEL Horizontal Vertical Size (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) TYPICAL PLUG WELD SSLFH-B & B2 3100 1406 4345 1971 SSLFH-C 3800 1724 5630 2554 Plug Welded Testing and Calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria.
Rated Mount Spring De Constant Color/ (in)(mm) (Ibs/in)(kg/mm) Stripe 2.40 2.18 2.20 2.20 2.10 2.10 2.00 2.00 2.12 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.40 2.30 2.20 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 61 55 56 56 53 53 51 51 54 51 51 51 64 61 58 56 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 8 12 16 24 31 40 57 75 99 144 224 340 50 70 90 120 165 230 305 440 605 770 935 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.6 4.0 6.0 0.9 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.9 4.1 5.4 7.8 10.8 13.7 16.6 Tan White/Blue Purple White/Red Brown White/Black Silver Orange Silver Blue Tan Gray Purple Brown Red White Black Blue Green Gray Silver Gray* Silver*
Max. G Rating 155.0 119.2 88.6 62.0 47.7 36.5 27.0 20.7 14.8 10.7 6.9 4.6 30.4 22.4 18.1 14.6 11.5 8.3 6.2 4.3 3.1 2.5 2.0
TYPE SSLFH DIMENSIONS (inches mm) Free & B C D E F J K L M Op Ht 1/2 i 6 91/4 71/2 51/2 15/8 3/4 5/8 1/2- 7/8 71/2 SSLFH-Bi&iB2 13 152 235 191 140 41 19 16 13UNC 22 191 5/81/2 7/8 3/4 1 8 7 11 9 6 2 SSLFH-C2 13 178 279 229 152 51 22 19 11UNC 25 203 Size A
SPRING DATA Spring OD Size (in) (mm) B & B2 23/8 60 C 27/8 73
Free Ht. (in) (mm) 4 102 41/8 105
Ratio Kx/Ky 0.65-0.90 0.90-1.00
Ratio OD/OH 0.76-1.25 0.92
Published ratings allow minimum 25% additional travel to solid. For a full 50% specified minimum use the following ratings:
*with RED inner spring
Derated Derated Capacity De Capacity De Size (Ibs) (kg) (in) (mm) Size (Ibs) (kg) (in) (mm) B2-450 410 186 1.83 46.5 C2-1210 1010 458 1.67 42.4 B2-680 565 256 1.66 42.2 C2-1540 1285 583 1.67 42.4 C2-880 800 363 1.82 46.2 C2-1870 1560 708 1.67 42.4 All springs without have additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection.
OPA-0198
RENEWED
January 6, 2003
Page
FM43
Z-1011
Sizes 5000-25000
Seismic Snubbers
UPPER BRACKET Replaceable 3/4(19mm) thick All-Directional Neoprene Element LOCK NUT THRU-BOLT
D Bolt Hole Diameter AB Anchor Bolt Diameter (Bolts by others)
All-Directional Operating Clearance approx. 3/16(5mm) (Space filled by washer and bushing during installation.) LOWER BRACKET
ALTERNATE 180 POSITION
G C C F T E A
When Steel Sole Plates are used, level and anchor Sole Plates properly to concrete. Snubber Baseplate may be bolted or welded to Sole Plate.
Rated Load Curves (lbs kg)

18050 8187 Horizontal, Vertical and 45 plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA0197. Testing and calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria. Z-1011 snubbers sizes 500, 1250 & 5000 were submitted to OSHPD in November 2003 and are awaiting approval.
OSHPD OPA-0197
5000
18110 8214
V E R T 0I C A L
G C F T EC B A
Sizes 500-1250
1250
45 A xi s
5350 2431
TYPE Z-1011 1G ALL DIRECTIONAL LOAD RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS Type & Size Z-1011-500 Z-1011-1250 Z-1011-5000 Z-1011-13000 Z-1011-25000 Z-1011-500 Z-1011-1250 Z-1011-5000 Z-1011-13000 Z-1011-25000 1G All Directional Load Ratings A 500 lbs 31/8 1250 lbs 33/8 5000 lbs 5 13000 lbs 6 25000 lbs 63/8 227 kg 79 568 kg 86 2273 kg 127 5909 kg 152 11364 kg 162 AB 3/8 1/2 5/8 1 11/4 10 13 16 25 32 B 71/2 81/4 121/2 141/2 16 191 210 318 368 406 C D 1/2 11/2 5/8 3 3/4 21/2 23/4 11/8 41/8 13/8 38 13 76 16 64 19 70 29 105 35 E 3 6 7 8 11 76 152 178 203 279 F 3 43/8 5 53/4 8 76 111 127 146 203 G 21/2 43/8 5 53/4 8 64 111 127 146 203 T
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
4050
2650 1204
500
2000 909 1900 863
2350
4950 2250
U.S.A. or British (lbs & inches)
3950 1795
HORIZONTAL
7250 3288
Metric (kgs & mm)
1 6 10 13 19 25
Designed in accordance with the requirements of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development
Waiting for approval as of November, 2003
Page
FM44
Z-1225
Sizes 3000 & 5000
EQUIPMENT BASE ANCHOR BOLT BY MASON
QQQQQQ @@@@@@ @@@@@@ QQQQQQ @@@@@@ QQQQQQ @@@@@@ QQQQQQ @@@@@@ QQQQQQ @@@@@@ QQQQQQ
G F C H H E T
1G All Directional Load Ratings A 250 lbs 2 500 lbs 23/4 1000 lbs 3 2000 lbs 5 3000 lbs 43/4 5000 lbs 6 113 kg 51 227 kg 70 455 kg 76 909 kg 127 1364 kg 121 2273 kg 152
Seismic Snubbers
1/2(13mm) CLEARANCE
EQUIPMENT BASE STEEL BUSHING ALL-DIRECTIONAL NEOPRENE BUSHING SNUBBER BOLT & WASHER D BOLT HOLE DIAMETER AB ANCHOR BOLT DIAMETER (BOLTS BY OTHERS) Restraining angle may be welded in place rather than bolted.*
QQQ @@@ @@@ QQQ @@@ QQQ @@@ QQQ

G F C E T
6925 3141 5250 2386
1/2(13mm) CLEARANCE
A A B Sizes 250-2000
A A B
*If snubbers are to be secured by welding, they must be located over beams or sole plates.
V E R T I C A L
2000 1000 250 500

4125 2350 1875
45
3575 1625 2750 1250
6000 2727
Horizontal, Vertical and 45 plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0196. Testing and calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria.Z-1225-2000 was submitted to OSHPD in November 2003 and is awaiting approval.
To use approved OSHPD rated load curves: 1) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal Forces on mounting including translations and overturning moments. 2) Plot Horizontal Load vs Vertical Load. The point must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve.
2800 1272
1300 590
3400 5100 3100 5000 1409 2272 2313 HORIZONTAL
TYPE Z-1225 1G ALL DIRECTIONAL LOAD RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS Equipment Base Anchor Bolt Size & Length 1/2-13 UNC-4 5/8-11 UNC-6 3/4-10 UNC-6 3/4-10 UNC-6 7/8-9 UNC-6 1-8 UNC-6 1/2-13 UNC-102 5/8-11 UNC-152 3/4-10 UNC-152 3/4-10 UNC-152 7/8-9 UNC-152 1-8 UNC-152
U.S.A. or British (lbs & inches)
Metric (kgs & mm)
Type & Size Z-1225-250 Z-1225-500 Z-1225-1000 Z-1225-2000 Z-1225-3000 Z-1225-5000 Z-1225-250 Z-1225-500 Z-1225-1000 Z-1225-2000 Z-1225-3000 Z-1225-5000
AB
1/2 1/2 5/8 3/4 3/4
1 13 13 16 19 19 25
B 5 7 8 12 12 15 127 178 203 305 305 381
C 13/4 13/4 21/2 3 5 6 44 44 64 76 127 152
D
5/8 5/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 11/8 16 16 19 22 22 29
E 3 4 5 6 10 12 76 102 127 152 254 305
F 21/8 23/8 21/2 3 31/4 31/2 54 60 64 76 83 89
G 31/2 4 5 6 63/8 63/8 89 102 127 152 162 162
H 33/4 43/4 95 121
T
1/4 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8
6 6 10 13 10 10
OPA-0196
APPROVED
January 6, 2003
FM45
Ax
O
9900 4491
4050
is
Page
HPA
7/16 (11mm)
SEISMIC HOUSEKEEPING PAD ANCHOR

D TAP Tapping goes completely through HPA #3 (9 mm) REBAR 12 (305 mm) LONG HOUSEKEEPING PAD TIE TO #3 (9 mm) REBAR
DIAMETER HOLE FOR #3 REBARS 12 (305mm) LONG to provide secondary anchorage and support main pad rebar
L H
TAPERED DUCTILE IRON FITTING WITH HEX FACE FOR TIGHTENING (Self Locking in Concrete) STRUCTURAL FLOOR HPA HOUSEKEEPING PAD ANCHOR SAS STUD WEDGE ANCHOR IN STRUCTURAL FLOOR
TYPE HPA DIMENSIONS (inches) SAS Stud Anchor Capacity in 3000 psi Concrete Tension Shear (lbs) (lbs) 820 1210 1545 1540 2260 3675 CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD
Size HPA-1/2 HPA-5/8 HPA-3/4
L 21/8 23/8 23/4
W 11/4 11/2 13/4
H 3 3 3
D
1/2UNC 5/8UNC 3/4UNC
TYPE HPA DIMENSIONS (mm)

SAS Stud Anchor Capacity in 20 Mpa Concrete Tension Shear (kg) (kg) 372 549 701 699 1025 1667 HPA ANCHOR (SEE DETAIL ABOVE) STRUCTURAL FLOOR
Size HPA-1/2 HPA-5/8 HPA-3/4
L 54 60 70
W 32 38 44
H 75 75 75
D
1/2UNC 5/8UNC 3/4UNC
Designed in accordance with the requirements of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development
Design is undergoing physical testing. Application to OSHPD will follow immediately thereafter.
Page
FM46
RBA, RCA & RDA

NEOPRENE SEISMIC MOUNTINGS
NEOPRENE or EPDM ELEMENT
TENSION
"J" Cap Screw with Standard Washer

COMPRESSION
CAPTIVE STEEL INSERT STEEL HOUSING 6 "G" Diameter Holes

SHEAR
C H I C E B D F E A
RBA Grafts
OSHPD OPA-0200 Rated Load Curves (lbs kgs)
10200 4636 V E R T I C A L
(OS HPD Pen din g)
TYPE RBA, RCA and RDA DIMENSIONS (inches millimeters) Type A 3 RBA 76 3/4 RCA 3 95 5 RDA 127 B 43/4 121 61/4 159 8 203 C D 115/16 23/8 49 60 21/2 31/8 64 79 31/4 4 83 102 E 1 25 11/4 32 13/4 44 F 11/2 38 17/8 48 21/2 64 G 7/16 11 9/16 14 3/4 19 H 17/8 48 17/8 48 23/8 60 I 11/2 38 11/2 38 17/8 48 J
1/2-13UNC x 11/4 5/8 -11UNC x 11/4 7/8 -9UNC x 11/4
T 3/32 2 3/32 2 3/16 5
4500
4500 2041 3750 1701

2350 4050
RBA
4050 1837
TYPE RBA, RCA and RDA RATINGS COMPRESSION TENSION SHEAR Maximum Size Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Horizontal (Color Duro- Capacity De Capacity De Capacity De Static Type Mark) meter (Ibs kgs) (in mm) (Ibs kgs) (in mm) (Ibs kgs) (in mm) G Rating Black 30 250 113 200 91 200 90 13.6 0.15 0.12 RBA- Green 45 525 238 420 191 420 191 0.09 6.5 4 3 2 White 60 1000 454 800 363 800 363 3.4 Green 40 1400 635 1000 454 400 181 0.09 2.7 0.15 0.12 RCA- Red 50 2100 953 1500 680 600 272 1.8 4 3 2 White 60 3500 1588 2500 1134 1000 454 1.1 Green 40 2800 1270 0.18 2000 910 900 410 3.3 RDA- Red 50 4200 1910 2900 1320 0.15 1300 590 0.12 2.2 5 4 3 White 60 7100 3230 4200 1910 1800 820 1.3 All Rated Capacities are based on proper neoprene loadings without metal to metal contact. Seismic Max. G Ratings are based on metal failure under static seismic loadings as defined in the building codes. Horizontal G Ratings are for quick reference only Use OSHPD Rated Load Curves.
2350 1066
3400
RCA
3750
3400 3750 1542 1701 HORIZONTAL
Horizontal, Vertical and 45 plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0200. Testing and calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria. To use approved OSHPD rated load curves: 1) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal Forces on mounting including translations and overturning moments. 2) Plot Horizontal Load vs Vertical Load. The point must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve.
OPA-0200
RENEWED
January 6, 2003
FM47
45 A xi s
9360 4254
RDA
10125 4602
Page
BR
N Cap Screw with Standard Washer BRIDGEBEARING QUALITY NEOPRENE
DUCTILE IRON HOUSING RADIAL CLEARANCE RC J dia. holes for K Anchor Bolts (2 req'd) AlternateL dia. holes for M Anchor Bolts (4 req'd)
BRA Graphs
NOTE: All Hardware Plated

5900 2676 5000 2268
G E H F B F A E D C D
5900
BRD
45 A xi s
7500 3402
7500
5000
TYPE BR DIMENSIONS (inches mm) Type BRA BRB BRC BRD A

3/16
5
3/16
B C 21/2 41/4 64 108 31/4 53/4 83 146 51/4 9 133 229
D E 15/8 13/8 41 34 21/4 17/8 57 48 35/8 92 3 76
F
3/4
19
7/8
G 3 76 3 76
H 1 25 2 51
J
1/2
K
3/8
L
3/8
M
1/4
N
5/16 x 1 5/16 x 25 7/16 x 1 7/16 x 25 5/8 x 11/2 5/8 x 38 5/8 x 11/2 5/8 x 38
RC
3/16
V E 3750 1701 3750 R T BRB I3 C A 2200 2200 L 998
BRC
4700 4700 2132
BRA
13
5/8
10
1/2
10
1/2
6
3/8
5
1/4
2200 2200 998
1 790 790 358 0 3150 880 1550 1550 1800 3150 880 1800 399 703 816 1429 HORIZONTAL
5
1/4
22
16
13
13
10
5/8
6
5/8
6
1/4
11/2 61/2 38 165
41/2 7/8 3/4 3/4 114 22 22 22 41/2 7/8 3/4 3/4 114 22 22 22
16
5/8
16
5/8
6 101/2 43/8 35/8 15/8 61/2 152 267 111 92 41 165
16
16
TYPE BR RATINGS COMPRESSION TENSION Rated Rated Rated Rated Duro- Capacity De Capacity De meter (Ibs)(kg) (in)(mm) (Ibs)(kg) (in)(mm) 40 85 39 85 39 50 125 57 0.2 125 57 0.18 60 205 93 5 205 95 5 70 290 132 290 132 50 450 204 500 227 0.2 0.18 60 740 336 750 340 5 5 70 1040 472 1050 476 50 650 295 750 340 0.3 0.25 60 1100 499 1150 522 8 6 70 1540 699 1610 730 60 70 2390 1084 3150 1429 0.3 8 2450 1111 3430 1556 0.25 6 SHEAR Maximum Rated Rated Horizontal Capacity De Static (Ibs)(kg) (in)(mm) G Rating 20 9 10.4 30 14 0.13 7.0 50 23 3 4.3 70 32 3.0 100 45 3.4 0.15 170 77 2.1 4 240 109 1.5 380 172 0.50 2.8 500 227 1.6 13 700 318 1.2 750 340 1050 476 0.50 13 1.3 1.0
Type & Size (Color Mark) BR-A-Green BR-A-Red BR-A-White BR-A-Yellow BR-B-Red BR-B-White BR-B-Yellow BR-C-Red BR-C-White BR-C-Yellow BR-D-White BR-D-Yellow
Horizontal, Vertical and 45 plotted Ratings are California OSHPD approved values having the OSHPD Anchorage Preapproval Number OPA-0201. Testing and calculations were performed to meet OSHPD criteria. To use approved OSHPD rated load curves: 1) Calculate Vertical and Horizontal Forces on mounting including translations and overturning moments. 2) Plot Horizontal Load vs Vertical Load. The point must fall within the area below the OSHPD curve. All Rated Capacities are based on proper neoprene loadings without metal to metal contact. Seismic Max. G Ratings are based on metal failure under static seismic loadings as defined in the building codes. Horizontal G Ratings are for quick reference only Use OSHPD Rated Load Curves.
Page
OPA-0201
RENEWED
January 6, 2003
FM48
HG
WASHER-BUSHINGS
HG
OD ID
hg ap il iso.art /photo files /photo
Isolation Pad
Material: Bridge-Bearing Neoprene
H HD
Steel to Concrete Detail HG
Bolt isolator and seismic relief application
Isolation Pad
Steel to Steel Detail

BRIDGE-BEARING NEOPRENE SPECIFICATIONS
ORIGINAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (b) (b) (a) Tensile Elongat. Duro- Strength at Break meter (min) (min) TESTED FOR AGING COMPRES(c) (d) SION SET OVEN AGING(70h/212F) OZONE (e) Hard- Tensile Elongat. 1 ppm in air 22hrs ness Strength at Break by Vol.20% 150F (max) (max) (max) Strain 100F Method B -40% -40% -40% No Cracks 30%(max) No Cracks 25%(max) No Cracks 25%(max)
HG Washer Bushings may be used without isolation pads to limit bolt shear from impact.
405 2000 psi 450% +15% 15% 505 2500 psi 400% +15% 15% 605 2500 psi 350% +15% 15%
(a)ASTM D-676 (b)ASTM D-412 (c)ASTM D-573 (d)ASTM D-1149 (e)ASTM D-395
TYPE HG DIMENSIONS Allowable Shear Load in a Steel to Steel Connection (lbs) (kN) 490 2.2 1100 4.9 1960 8.7 3070 13.6 4420 19.7 7850 34.9 12270 54.6 17670 78.6 Allowable Tension Load in a Steel to Steel Connection ID (lbs) (kN) (in) (mm) 1/4 6 980 4.4 3/8 10 2200 9.8 1/2 13 3920 17.4 5/8 16 6140 27.2 3/4 19 8840 39.4 15700 69.8 1 25 24540 109.2 11/4 32 35340 157.2 11/2 38
Size HG-25 HG-38 HG-50 HG-63 HG-75 HG-100 HG-125 HG-150
Bolt Dia.* (in) (mm) 1/4 6 3/8 10 1/2 13 5/8 16 3/4 19 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 38
HD (in)(mm) 1/2 13 5/8 16 3/4 19 7/8 22 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 38 13/4 45
OD (in)(mm) 1 25 11/4 32 15/8 41 2 51 21/4 57 23/4 70 31/4 83 33/4 95
T (in) (mm) 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 3/16 5 3/16 5 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6
H (in)(mm) 3/8 10 1/2 13 1/2 13 5/8 16 5/8 16 7/8 22 7/8 22 1 25
* Retention strength based on diameter of anchor bolt and anchoring method.
Page
FM49
SAB
FEMALE WEDGE SEISMIC ANCHOR

TYPE SAB FEMALE SEISMIC ANCHOR RATINGS STONE AGGREGATE CONCRETE 3000 psi (20 Mpa) Tension Shear with 33% with 33% Tension* Increase** Shear Increase** (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) 720 1010 2220 2330 3660 327 458 1007 1057 1524 958 1343 2953 3099 4868 435 609 1339 1406 2027 1050 1830 2970 3340 6610 476 830 1347 1515 2998 1396 2434 3950 4442 8791 633 1104 1792 2015 3987 LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE 3000 psi (20 Mpa) Tension* Shear (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) 800 1625 363 737 1500 2720 6800 1234
Type & Size "CS" CAP SCREW WITH STANDARD WASHER SAB-3/8 SAB-1/2 SAB-5/8 SAB-3/4 SAB-1
INTERNALLY THREADED SEISMIC ANCHOR
EXPANSION WEDGE
PULL THROUGH RESISTANT SHOULDER ALL PARTS ELECTRO-PLATED
tension values are applicable when the anchors are installed without special inspection as set forth in Section 1701.1 of UBC. When anchors are installed with special inspection as set forth in Section 1701.1 of the UBC, the tabulated values may be increased by 100%. For kN divide kg by 102 Notes: The tabulated values are for anchors installed at the specified spacings and edge distance. Spacings may be reduced by 67% provided the tension values are reduced to 50% (65% for SAB-1) and the shear values are reduced by 60%. Edge distances may be reduced by 50% provided the tension values are reduced by 30% and the shear values are reduced by 50%. Linear interpolation may be used for intermediate spacings. For combined tension and shear forces on anchors, use the following equations: (Ps/Pt)5/3 + (Vs/Vt)5/3 < 1.0, where: Ps and Vs are Applied Forces and Pt and Vt are Allowable Forces **Ratings may be increased 331/3% to accomodate periodic forces such as wind or seismic loads. Tabulated values include a safety factor of 8 to 1 for tension forces and 4 to 1 for shear forces. For Stone Aggregate Concrete, refer to ICBO Report #ER-5063. For Lightweight Concrete, refer to Techmar report #TR-1193.
*These
TYPE SAB FEMALE SEISMIC ANCHOR DIMENSIONS Overall Length Diameter Cap Screw A B CS Size (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 1/2 13 3/816UNC x 11/4 3/8-16UNC x 32 SAB-3/8 25/16 67 5/8 16 1/213UNC x 11/2 1/2-13UNC x 38 SAB-1/2 31/16 89 7/8 22 5/811UNC x 13/4 5/8-11UNC x 44 SAB-5/8 313/16 111 3/410UNC x 21/4 3/4-10UNC x 57 1 25 SAB-3/4 45/8 133 1 8UNC x 21/2 1 - 8UNC x 64 SAB-1 5 146 11/4 32
Minimum Minimum Anchor Edge Embedment Distance (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 25/8 67 51/4 133 31/2 89 70/4 178 43/8 111 83/4 222 51/4 133 101/2 267 53/4 146 111/2 292
Minimum Anchor Spacing (in) (mm) 77/8 200 101/2 267 131/8 333 153/4 400 171/4 438
Tension and Shear Values as verified by ICBO Report ER-5063.
ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc.

A subsidiary corporation of the
International Conference of Building Officials
Page
FM50
ICBO Report ER-5063

SAS
MALE WEDGE SEISMIC ANCHOR STUD
TYPE SAS SEISMIC ANCHOR STUD RATINGS STONE AGGREGATE CONCRETE 3000 psi (20 Mpa) 4000 psi (27 Mpa) Tension Shear Tension Shear Type with 33% with 33% with 33% with 33% & Tension* Increase** Shear Increase** Tension* Increase** Shear Increase** Size (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) SAS-3/8 325 146 435 198 765 347 1020 465 330 150 440 200 770 350 1027 467 SAS-1/2 595 270 795 361 1540 699 2053 935 616 280 821 373 1565 711 2086 948 5 SAS- /8 885 402 1180 536 2260 1025 3013 1370 945 430 1260 573 2440 1110 3253 1479 3 SAS- /4 1095 498 1460 664 3650 1660 4866 2212 1095 498 1460 664 3650 1660 4866 2212 SAS-1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4815 2184 0 9355 4243 0 0
LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK 3000 psi (20 Mpa) Tension* Shear (lbs) (kg) (lbs) (kg) 300 136 1015 461 430 195 1260 573 525 238 1470 668 640 291 2010 914 0 I 0 I
STANDARD NUT & WASHER
FULL DIAMETER SEISMIC ANCHOR STUD EXPANSION WEDGE PULL THROUGH RESISTANT SHOULDER ALL PARTS ELECTROPLATED
special inspection as set forth in Section 1701.1 of the UBC or Section 1704 of the IBC. When anchors are installed with special inspection as set forth in Section 1701.1 of the UBC or Section 1704 of the IBC, the tabulated values may be increased by 100%. For kN divide kg by 102 Notes: The tabulated values are for anchors installed at the specified spacings and edge distances. Spacings may be reduced by 50% provided the shear and tension values are reduced by 40%. Edge distances may be reduced by 50% provided the tension values are reduced by 40% and the shear values are reduced by 50%. Linear interpolation may be used for intermediate spacings. For combined tension and shear forces on anchors, use the following equations: (Ps/Pt)5/3 + (Vs/Vt)5/3 < 1.0, where: Ps and Vs are Applied Forces and Pt and Vt are Allowable Forces **Ratings may be increased 331/3% to accomodate periodic forces such as wind or seismic loads. Ratings are from ICBO-ES Report 1821.
*These tension values are applicable when the anchors are installed without
TYPE SAS SEISMIC ANCHOR STUD DIMENSIONS Overall Usable Length Diameter Thread A B C Size (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 3/8 10 5 127 11/4 32 SAS-3/8 1/2 13 51/2 140 11/2 38 SAS-1/2 5/8 16 7 178 13/4 44 SAS-5/8 3/4 19 81/2 216 2 51 SAS-3/4 SAS-1 9 229 1 25 21/4 57
Minimum Anchor Embedment (in) (mm) 3 76 4 102 5 127 6 152 63/4 171
Minimum Edge Distance (in) (mm) 41/2 114 8 152 71/2 190 9 229 10 254
Minimum Anchor Spacing (in) (mm) 7 229 12 305 15 381 18 457 20 508

Page
ICBO Report ER-1821

FM51
SAA
FEMALE ADHESIVE SEISMIC ANCHOR

TYPE SAA FEMALE SEISMIC ANCHOR RATINGS STONE AGGREGATE CONCRETE 2500 psi (17 Mpa) Tension Shear Type with 33% with 33% & Tension Increase** Shear Increase** Size (lbs) (kgs)* (lbs) (kgs)* (lbs) (kgs)* (lbs) (kgs)*
Drill Bit Diameter (in)(mm) 17/8 1 11/8 11/8 22 25 29 29
Number of Anchors that can be installed per 22 oz Cartridge of Adhesive 28 19 13 11
"CS" CAP SCREW WITH STANDARD WASHER
SAA-3/8 SAA-1/2 SAA-5/8 SAA-3/4
1560 708 2840 1288 4520 2050 5820 2645
2075 3775 6010 7760
941 1712 2726 3527
1100 1960 3070 4420
499 889 1393 2009
1465 2605 4085 5880
665 1182 1853 2672
TYPE SAA FEMALE SEISMIC ANCHOR DIMENSIONS Minimum Anchor Type Embedment Diameter Capscrew & A B CS Size (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 3/4 19 3/8-16 UNC x 13/4 x44 SAA-3/8 4 102 7/8 22 1/2-13 UNC x 2 5 127 x51 SAA-1/2 5/8-11 UNC x 2 6 152 1 25 x51 SAA-5/8 3/4-10 UNC x 2 7 175 1 25 x51 SAA-3/4
CURE TIME FOR SAA ADHESIVE Temperature (F) (C) 40 4 65 18 70 21 80 26 100 37 Cure Time (hours) 48 36 24 12 6 Bolt Up Time (hours) 24.0 8.0 2.5 2.0 1.0
MASON
MASON SAA
INTERNALLY THREADED SEISMIC ANCHOR
ALLOWABLE SPACING AND EDGE DISTANCE Critical Distance Minimum Distance for Full Anchor for Reduced Anchor Parameter Capacity Capacity (in) (mm) Distance Between 24D 8D Anchors Edge Distances Tension 12D SAA-3/8 SAA-1/2 SAA-5/8 SAA-5/8 13/4 31/2 4 4 4D 44 89 102 102
SAA
Reduction Factor 0.9
0.7
Shear
12D
0.21
ALL PARTS ELECTROPLATED
Anchor is ASTM A36, Capscrew is ASTM A307 *For Kn divide Kg by 102. The load values above are multiplied by the reduction factor, when anchors are installed at the minimum distance listed. Use linear interpolation for spacing between critical and minimum distances.
**Loads may be increased 33% as allowed by code for seismic and wind loads. Tabulated
Mason SAA adhesive is a two part structural Amine Epoxy. It is a nonshrinking, non-sagging adhesive that can be used in concrete, masonry and mortar. It is unaffected by water and can be installed in moist or water filled holes.
loads are the lowest of either the bond strength, allowable steel strength for the anchor, or allowable steel strength of the capscrew. Anchors are to be installed in locations with an ambient temperature of 70F(21C). Contact Mason Industries if service temperature will vary 35F(20C) for reduction factor. Special inspection must be provided as described in the code. Anchor adhesive has ICBO report ER-5000. For combined tension and shear forces on anchors, use the following equations: (Ps/Pt)5/3 + (Vs/Vt)5/3 1.0, where: Ps and Vs are Applied Forces and Pt and Vt are Allowable Forces

Page
FM52
ICBO Report ER-5000


Mason Seismic Restraint Guidelines PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mason Seismic Restraint Guidelines PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MASON

SEISMIC RESTRAINT GUIDELINES

St Lawerence River 1663 1870

Cape Ann 1755

New York 1884

New Madrid 1811-1812

Copyright, Mason Industries Inc., 2007

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

Special Note for Engineers Specifying These Guidelines:

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Dhiru Mali Structural Engineer California SE No. 2811

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

Manufacturers of Vibration Control Products

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

Notes on Seismic Bracing:

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Dhiru Mali Structural Engineer California SE No. 2811

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Dhiru Mali Structural Engineer California SE No. 2811

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Dhiru Mali Structural Engineer California SE No. 2811

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Dhiru Mali Structural Engineer California SE No. 2811

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE

Dhiru Mali Structural Engineer California SE No. 2811

Bill Staehlln (916) 654-3362

GENERAL NOTES (continued)

MASON INDUSTRIES, Inc.

FIXED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE